Service Manual: MVC-FD95

MVC-FD95
SERVICE MANUAL US Model

Canadian Model
Level 2 Ver 1.1 2000. 07 AEP Model
With SUPPLEMENT-1
(9-929-828-81)
UK Model
E Model
Australian Model
Hong Kong Model
Chinese Model
Tourist Model
Korea Model
Japanese Model
On the FC-72 board This service manual contains information

This service manual provides the information that is premised the circuit board for japanese model as well.
replacement service and not intended repair inside the FC-72 board.
Therefore, schematic diagram, printed wiring board and electrical parts list of
the FC-72 board are not shown.
The following pages are not shown.
Block diagram ............................... Page 3-9 to 3-20
Schematic diagram ....................... Page 4-9 to 4-26
Printed wiring board ..................... Page 4-27 to 4-30
Electrical parts list ........................ Page 6-9 to 6-16
When repairing it, confirm the type of LCD
The above-described information is shown in service manual Level 3. block referring page 6.
SPECIFICATIONS
System Flash General AC-L10A/L10B/L10C NP-F330 battery pack
Image device Recommended recording Application AC power adaptor Used battery
1/2.7 type color CCD distance: Sony battery pack NP-F330 Power requirements Lithium ion battery
0.6 m to 2.5 m (23 5/8 in to (supplied)/F550 100 V to 240 V AC, 50/
Lens Maximum voltage
10× zoom lens 8 1/3 feet) 60 Hz DC 8.4 V
Power requirements
f = 6.0 – 60.0 mm (1/4 – Input and Output 8.4 V Rated output voltage Nominal voltage
2 3/8 inches) (39 – 390 mm connector Power consumption DC 8.4 V, 1.5 A in operating DC 7.2 V
(1 9/16 – 15 3/8 in) when AUDIO (MONO) /VIDEO (During shooting) mode Capacity
converted into a 35 mm still OUT (Monaural) 3.9 W (When using the LCD Operation temperature 5.0 Wh (700 mAh)
camera) Minijack Video: screen) 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F)
F = 2.8 1 Vp-p, 75 Ω, unbalanced, 3.5 W (When using the Storage temperature Accessories
Exposure control sync negative finder) –20°C to +60°C (–4°F to AC-L10A/L10B/L10C AC
Automatic exposure Audio: 327 mV (at a 47 kΩ Operation temperature +140°F) power adaptor (1)
White balance load) 0°C to 40°C (32°F to 104°F) Power cord (mains lead) (1)
Maximum dimensions
Automatic, Indoor, Outdoor, Output impedance: 2.2 kΩ Storage temperature 125×39×62 mm (5×1 9/16× NP-F330 battery pack (1)
One-push External flash jack –20°C to +60°C (–4°F to 2 1/2 inches) (w/h/d) A/V connecting cable (1)
Minijack +140°F) Shoulder strap (1)
Data compression Mass
system Lens cap (1)
LCD screen Maximum dimensions Approx. 280 g (10 oz)
Movie: MPEG1 126×124×184 mm (5×5× Lens cap strap (1)
Still: Used LCD panel 7 1/4 in) (w/h/d) CD-ROM (1)
Floppy disk: JPEG (JFIF) TFT (Thin Film Transistor Operating instructions (1)
active matrix) drive Mass
“Memory Stick”: JPEG Approx. 970 g (2 lb 2 oz)
(Exif2.1) Total number of dots Design and specifications
(including battery, floppy
GIF (in TEXT mode) 123,200 (560×220) dots are subject to change
disk and lens cap, etc.)
Audio (with still image): without notice.
Finder Built-in microphone
MPEG AUDIO (Monaural) Electret condenser
Used LCD panel
DIGITAL STILL CAMERA

Recording medium microphone
Floppy disk: TFT (Thin Film Transistor
active matrix) drive Built-in speaker
3.5 inch 2HD MS-DOS Dynamic speaker
format (1.44MB) Total number of dots
MSAC-FD2M Floppy Disk 180,000 (800×225) dots
Adaptor for Memory Stick:
DCF98 format
SAFETY-RELATED COMPONENT WARNING!! ATTENTION AU COMPOSANT AYANT RAPPORT
À LA SÉCURITÉ!
COMPONENTS IDENTIFIED BY MARK 0 OR DOTTED LINE WITH LES COMPOSANTS IDENTIFÉS PAR UNE MARQUE 0 SUR LES
MARK 0 ON THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS AND IN THE PARTS DIAGRAMMES SCHÉMATIQUES ET LA LISTE DES PIÈCES SONT
LIST ARE CRITICAL TO SAFE OPERATION. REPLACE THESE CRITIQUES POUR LA SÉCURITÉ DE FONCTIONNEMENT. NE
COMPONENTS WITH SONY PARTS WHOSE PART NUMBERS REMPLACER CES COMPOSANTS QUE PAR DES PIÈSES SONY
APPEAR AS SHOWN IN THIS MANUAL OR IN SUPPLEMENTS DONT LES NUMÉROS SONT DONNÉS DANS CE MANUEL OU
PUBLISHED BY SONY. DANS LES SUPPÉMENTS PUBLIÉS PAR SONY.
SAFETY CHECK-OUT
After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

safety checks before releasing the set to the customer.
1. Check the area of your repair for unsoldered or poorly-soldered 4. Look for parts which, through functioning, show obvious signs
connections. Check the entire board surface for solder splashes of deterioration. Point them out to the customer and
and bridges. recommend their replacement.
2. Check the interboard wiring to ensure that no wires are 5. Check the B+ voltage to see it is at the values specified.
"pinched" or contact high-wattage resistors. 6. Flexible Circuit Board Repairing
3. Look for unauthorized replacement parts, particularly • Keep the temperature of the soldering iron around 270˚C
transistors, that were installed during a previous repair. Point during repairing.
them out to the customer and recommend their replacement. • Do not touch the soldering iron on the same conductor of the
circuit board (within 3 times).
• Be careful not to apply force on the conductor when soldering
or unsoldering.
—2—
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SERVICE NOTE ····································································· 5 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ··························· 3-1
1. GENERAL 3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ··························· 3-3
Getting started 3-3. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ································ 3-5
Identifying the parts ······························································· 1-1 3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ································ 3-7
Preparing the power supply ··················································· 1-1
Setting the date and time ························································ 1-2 Founctional block diagrams are not shown.
Inserting a floppy disk ··························································· 1-3 Pages from 3-9 to 3-20 are not shown.
Basic operations
B Recording 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
Recording still images ··························································· 1-3 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
Recording moving images ····················································· 1-4 4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2) ······················· 4-1
B Playback FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (2/2) ······················· 4-3
Playing back still images ······················································· 1-5 4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND
Playing back moving images ················································· 1-5 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ············································ 4-5
Viewing images using a personal computer ·························· 1-5 • CD-245 (CCD IMAGER)
Image file storage destinations and image file names ··········· 1-6 PRINTED WIRING BOARD ························· 4-7
Advanced operations • CD-245 (CCD IMAGER)
Before performing advanced operations SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························ 4-8
How to use the PLAY/STILL/MOVIE selector ····················· 1-6
How to use the control button ················································ 1-6 Schematic diagram and printed wiring board of the FC-
How to change the menu settings ·········································· 1-7 72 board are not shown.
B Various recording Pages from 4-9 to 4-30 are not shown.
Setting the image size (IMAGE SIZE) ·································· 1-8 • PK-49 (AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG)
Recording still images for e-mail (E-MAIL) ························· 1-8 PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-31
Adding audio files to still images (VOICE) ·························· 1-8 • PK-49 (AV OUT/KEY IN)(1/4)
Recording text documents (TEXT) ······································· 1-9 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-35
Recording images in macro ··················································· 1-9 • PK-49 (BACK LIGHT)(2/4)
Focusing manually ································································· 1-9 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-37
Using the PROGRAM AE function ······································· 1-9 • PK-49 (RGB DRIVER)(3/4)
Using the Spot light – metering function ······························· 1-9 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-39
Adjusting the exposure (EXPOSURE) ·································· 1-9 • PK-49 (TG)(4/4)
Adjusting the white balance (WHITE BALANCE) ············ 1-10 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-41
Recording the date and time on the still image (DATE/TIME) ·· 1-10 • VF-143 (RGB DRIVE, TG)
Enjoying picture effects (PICTURE EFFECT) ··················· 1-10 PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-43
B Various playback • VF-143 (RGB DRIVE)(1/2)
Playing back six images at once (INDEX) ·························· 1-10 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-47
Enlarging a part of the still image (Zoom and trimming) ···· 1-10 • VF-143 (TG)(2/2)
Playing back the still images in order (SLIDE SHOW) ······ 1-11 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-49
Viewing images on a TV screen ·········································· 1-11 • VP-50 (VAP CONTROL)
B Editing PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-51
Preventing accidental erasure (PROTECT) ························· 1-11 • VP-50 (VAP CONTROL)
Deleting images (DELETE) ················································ 1-11 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-53
Changing the recorded still image size (RESIZE) ··············· 1-12 • AE-022 (KEY (A))
Copying images (COPY) ····················································· 1-12 PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-55
Copying all the information on your floppy disk (DISK COPY) ·· 1-12 • AE-022 (KEY (A))
Selecting still images to print (PRINT MARK) ·················· 1-12 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-56
Format ·················································································· 1-13 • CF-074 (KEY (B))
Additional information PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-57
Precautions ··········································································· 1-13 • CF-074 (KEY (B))
Using your camera abroad ··················································· 1-13 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-58
Troubleshooting ··································································· 1-14 • MA-379 (MIC IN)
Warning and notice messages ·············································· 1-14 PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-59
Self-diagnosis display ·························································· 1-15 • MA-379 (MIC IN)
LCD screen/finder indicators ··············································· 1-15 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-60
• FU-139 (DC IN)
2. DISASSEMBLY PRINTED WIRING BOARD ······················· 4-61
2-1. CABINET (TOP) ASSEMBLY, MA-379 BOARD ········· 2-1 • FU-139 (DC IN)
2-2. VF-143 BOARD, VF LENS ASSEMBLY ······················ 2-2 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ···························· 4-63
2-3. LCD, PK-49 BOARD ······················································ 2-3 4-3. WAVEFORMS ······························································ 4-65
2-4. FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS, FLOPPY DISK DRIVE ······· 2-4 4-4. PARTS LOCATION ······················································ 4-69
2-5. LENS COMPLETE ASSEMBLY ··································· 2-5
2-6. VP-50 BOARD, LENS BLOCK ASSEMBLY ··············· 2-6 5. ADJUSTMENTS
2-7. EJECT BUTTON SECTION ·········································· 2-7 1. Before Starting Adjustment ············································· 5-1
2-8. AE-022 BOARD ····························································· 2-8 1-1. Adjusting Items When Replacing Main Parts and Boards ·· 5-2
2-9. FLASH UNIT, MICROPHONE UNIT ··························· 2-8 5-1. ADJUSTMENT ······························································· 5-3
2-10. CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION ··································· 2-9 1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT ················· 5-3
2-11. FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION ······························ 2-10 1-1-1. List of Service Tools ························································ 5-3
—3—
1-1-2. Preparations ····································································· 5-4 6. White Balance Adjustment (VF-143 board) ·················· 5-38
1-1-3. Discharging of the Flashlight Power Supply ··················· 5-5 7. Eye Sensor Adjustment (VF-143 board) ······················· 5-38
1-1-4. Precaution ········································································ 5-7 1-7. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ········ 5-39
1. Setting the Switch ···························································· 5-7 1. Battery End Adjustment (FC-72 board) ························ 5-39
2. Order of Adjustments ······················································ 5-7 2. Alignment Check (FDD UNIT) ···································· 5-40
3. Subjects ··········································································· 5-7 5-2. SERVICE MODE ·························································· 5-41
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, D, E, F, 7 PAGE DATA ········· 5-8 2-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER ················ 5-41
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF D PAGE DATA ·························· 5-8 1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander ·················· 5-41
1. Initializing the D Page Data ············································ 5-8 2. Precautions Upon Using the Adjustment Remote
2. Modification of D Page Data ··········································· 5-8 Commander ··································································· 5-41
3. D Page Table ···································································· 5-8 2-2. DATA PROCESS ··························································· 5-42
1-2-2. Initializing the B, E, F, 7 Page Data ································ 5-9 2-3. SERVICE MODE ·························································· 5-43
1. Initializing the B, E, F, 7 Page Data ································ 5-9 1. Setting the Test Mode ···················································· 5-43
2. Modification of B, E, F, 7 Page Data ······························· 5-9 2. Bit Value Discrimination ··············································· 5-43
3. F Page table ··································································· 5-10 3. Emergency Memory Address of Flash Unit ·················· 5-43
4. 7 Page Table ··································································· 5-11 4. Record of Use check ······················································ 5-44
5. E Page Table ·································································· 5-12 5. Self Diagnostics Log check ··········································· 5-44
6. B Page Table ·································································· 5-12 6. Switch Check (1) ··························································· 5-45
1-3. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ····························· 5-13 7. Switch Check (2) ··························································· 5-45
1. Video Output Level Adjustment (FC-72 board) ············ 5-13 8. LED Check ···································································· 5-45
1-4. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS ························ 5-14
1. Zoom Key Center Adjustment ······································· 5-14 6. REPAIR PARTS LIST
2. HALL Adjustment ························································· 5-14 6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································ 6-1
3. Flange Back Adjustment (Using Minipattern Box) ······· 5-15 6-1-1. OVERALL ASSEMBLY SECTION ······························· 6-1
4. Flange Back Adjustment 6-1-2. TOP CABINET ASSEMBLY SECTION ························ 6-2
(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart) ························ 5-16 6-1-3. EVF BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION ··························· 6-3
4-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1) ·········································· 5-16 6-1-4. CABINET (FRONT) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION ··· 6-4
4-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2) ·········································· 5-16 6-1-5. LENS COMPLETE ASSEMBLY SECTION ················· 6-5
5. Flange Back Check ························································ 5-17 6-1-6. CABINET (REAR) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION ··· 6-6
6. F No. Standard Data Input ············································· 5-17 6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ·········································· 6-7
7. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment ···································· 5-17
8. Picture Frame Setting ···················································· 5-18 Electrical parts list of the FC-72 board is not shown.
9. Light Level Adjustment and ND Shutter Check ············ 5-19 pages 6-9 to 6-16 are not shown.
10. Mixed Color Cancel Adjustment ··································· 5-19
* Parts reference sheet and color reproduction frame is shown on
11. Auto White Balance Standard Data Input ····················· 5-20
page 153.
12. White Balance ND Filter Compensation ······················· 5-20
13. Auto White Balance Adjustment ··································· 5-21
14. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter OFF) ········ 5-21
15. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter ON) ·········· 5-22
16. Color Reproduction Check ············································ 5-23
17. White Balance Check ···················································· 5-24
18. Strobe White Balance Adjustment ································· 5-25
19. Strobe Light Level and White Balance Check ·············· 5-25
20. CCD Black Defect Compensation ································· 5-26
21. CCD White Defect Compensation ································ 5-26
22. Steady shot adjustment ·················································· 5-27
22-1. Steady Shot Adjustment (1) ··········································· 5-27
22-2. Steady Shot Adjustment (2) ··········································· 5-28
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ··································· 5-29
1-5-1. LCD Type Check ··························································· 5-29
1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ··································· 5-30
1. LCD Initial Data Input ·················································· 5-30
2. VCO Adjustment (PK-49 board) ··································· 5-30
3. D Range Adjustment (PK-49 board) ····························· 5-31
4. Bright Adjustment (PK-49 board) ································· 5-31
5. Contrast Adjustment (PK-49 board) ······························ 5-32
6. Color Adjustment (PK-49 board) ·································· 5-32
7. V-COM Level Adjustment (PK-49 board) ···················· 5-33
8. V-COM Adjustment (PK-49 board) ······························ 5-33
9. White Balance Adjustment (PK-49 board) ···················· 5-34
1-6. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT ····························································· 5-35
1. Initial Data Input ··························································· 5-35
2. VCO Adjustment (VF-143 board) ································· 5-36
3. Contrast Adjustment (VF-143 board) ···························· 5-36
4. Bright Adjustment (VF-143 board) ······························· 5-37
5. Backlight Consumption Current Adjustment
(VF-143 board) ······························································ 5-37
—4—
SERVICE NOTE
• NOTE FOR REPAIR

Make sure that the flat cable and flexible board are not cracked of When remove a connector, don't pull at wire of connector.
bent at the terminal. Be in danger of the snapping of a wire.
Do not insert the cable insufficiently nor crookedly.
When installing a connector, don't press down at wire of connector.

Be in danger of the snapping of a wire.
Cut and remove the part of gilt

which comes off at the point.
(Take care that there are
some pieces of gilt left inside)
[Discharging of the FLASH unit’s charging capacitor]
The charging capacitor of the FLASH unit is charged up to the

maximum 300 V potential.
There is a danger of electric shock by this high voltage when the
capacitor is handled by hand. The electric shock is caused by the
charged voltage which is kept without discharging when the main
power of the MVC-FD95 is simply turned off. Therefore, the
remaining voltage must be discharged as described below.
Preparing the Short Jig Discharging the Capacitor

To preparing the short jig. a small clip is attached to each end of a Short circuits between the positive and the negative terminals of
resistor of 1 kΩ /1 W (1-215-869-11) charged capacitor with the short jig about 10 seconds.
Wrap insulating tape fully around the leads of the resistor to prevent
electrical shock.
1 kΩ/1 W
Capacitor
Wrap insulating tape.
Short jig
—5—
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
[Description on Self-diagnosis Display]
Self-diagnosis display
• C: ss: ss
The contents which can be handled
by customer, are displayed.
• E: ss: ss
The contents which can be handled
by engineer, are displayed.
Display Code Countermeasure Cause Caution Display During Error

Change the disk and turn off the main
C:32:01 Defective floppy disk. DRIVE ERROR
power then back on.
• The type of floppy disk that cannot be
Replace the floppy disk. used by this machine, is inserted.
C:13:01 Format the floppy disk with the MVC- (Such as 2DD) DISK ERROR
FD95. • Data is damaged.
• Unformatted disk is inserted.
*2 Flash LED
Checking of flash unit or replacement of
E:91:01 Abnormality when flash is being Flash display
flash unit
charged. Flashing at 3.2 Hz
*1
E:61:00
Checking of lens drive circuit When failed in the focus initialization. —
*1
E:61:10
Note: The error code is cleared if rthe battery is removed, except

defective flash, unit.
*1 : The error display is given in two ways.
*2 : When the flash charging failed, Page:D, Address:67, Data:04
are written.
After repair, be sure to write Page:D, Address:67, Data:00.
LCD Type Check

By measuring the resistor value between Pin qd of CN803 and Pin
4 of CN803, the type of LCD can be discriminated.
Resistor value LCD type Adjustment
4.7 kΩ TYPE SH Perform “1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM
47 kΩ TYPE CA ADJUSTMENT
CPC lid
Note : To replace the PK-49 board and LCD module, discriminate the
type of LCD and replace them in combination of the same type.
Screw driver (–)
CPC-12 jig
22 pin flexible board
22
1 22
FC-72 board 1
CN803 Insulator side
—6—
MVC-FD95
SECTION 1
This section is extracted from
GENERAL instruction manual.
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-15E
MVC-FD95
SECTION 2
DISASSEMBLY
The following flow chart shows the disassembly procedure.
2-1. Cabinet (Top) assembly 2-2. VF-143 board MA-379 board, EVF
MA-379 board VF lens assembly check service position
( 1- q;)
2-8. AE-022 board 2-9. Flash unit,
Microphone unit
2-3. LCD, PK-49 board LCD, PK-49 board

check service position
MVC-FD95
2-7. Eject button section
2-4. FC-72, FU-139 boards, Main (FC-72) board, FU-139 board

Floppy disk drive check service position
2-5. Lens compelete assembly
2-6. VP-50 board,

Lens block assembly
VP-50 board, Lens block assembly (CD-245 board)

check service position
NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.
2-1. CABINET (TOP) ASSEMBLY, MA-379 BOARD
3 Screw (M2 × 4), lock ace, p2

qj FP-174 flexible cable
qs Two screws (M2 × 4),

5 Screw (M2 × 4), qh lock ace
lock ace, p2
qg Screw (M2 × 4), qd Accessory shoe
lock ace, p2 A
qa Top cabinet section
9 FP-173
flexible board (26P) qf Screw (M2 × 4),
lock ace, p2
w; Screw (M2 × 4),

lock ace, p2
ql Microphone unit (2p) 6 Claw
wa MA-379 board 8 Flash unit (10p)

7
q; FP-171 A
1 Two screws (M2 × 4),
flexible board (10P) lock ace, p2
qk Control switch
block (6p)
5 VF Cabinet 4 Screw (M2 × 4), 2 Screw (M2 × 4),
assembly lock ace, p2 lock ace, p2
4 VF Lens assembly
2 FP-173
flexible board (26P) 1 Tapping screw (M2 × 5)
3 Lid, VF
REMOVING THE VF CABINET ASSEMBLY
2-1
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
2-2. VF-143 BOARD, VF LENS ASSEMBLY

REMOVING THE VF LENS ASSEMBLY
6 Two claws
7 VF-143 board (3)
VF lens assembly
1 LCD (LCX033AK-J)(16P)
(VF-143 board)
5 LCD (LCX033AK-J)
4 Three
claws
3 Cover the cushion and diffusion plate
with a piece of paper or adhesive 4 LCD cushion (1) (97)
tape or the like so that the parts must
not be scattered.
5 VF-143 Shining surface
board (2)
3 BL illuminator (97)
Rough surface
2 LCD cushion (2) (97)

1 Four claws
2 VF-143 board (1) Shining surface
[ MA-379 BOARD, EVF CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
MA-379 board
FP-171 flexible board

CN402 10p
(FC-72 board) VF-143 board
CPC lid Conductor side

FP-173 flexible board
CN802 23p (FC-72 board)
Screw driver (–)
CPC-12 jig
22
1 22
FC-72 board
1
CN803
Insulator side 22
22
CPC-12 jig 1
(J-6082-436-A) 1
22
1 AC IN
AC POWER
ADAPTOR
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
2-2
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
2-3. LCD, PK-49 BOARD
REMOVING THE FP-176 FLEXIBLE BOARD 1 Screw (M2 × 3), lock ace p2
Cabinet (rear)
2 FP-176 flexible
board (ACC jack)

1 Two tapping screws (M2 × 5) lock ace p2
Cabinet (rear) assembly
qh Liquid cryst module indicator

qg Cold cathode fluorescent tube lock ace p2
6 Cold cathode fluorescent tube (10p)
qf Back light retainer
qs PK-49 board
7 Speaker
(2.0CM)(2p) q; Screw (M2 × 3),
lock ace, p2
5 Liquid cryst module -4

9
indicator (24p) PKard
B o 8 Tapping
screw (M2 × 5)
REMOVING THE SPEAKER
3 Speaker (2.0CM)
9 PK shield case
qd Five tapping (lower) assembly
screws (M2 × 5) qa Six tapping
Cabinet
(rear) screws (M2 × 5)
1 Two claws 2 Speaker retainer
[ LCD, PK-49 BOARD CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]

AC IN
AC POWER Note : When repairing it, confirm the type
ADAPTOR
of LCD block referring page 6.
Adjustment remote
FC-72 board commander (RM-95)
22
1
2
-7
FCard 22 1
B o
22
1
CPC-12 jig
(J-6082-436-A)
Liquid cryst module indicator (24p)
PK-49 board
Cold cathode fluorescent tube (10p) 9
-4 rd
PK oa
B
2-3
2-4. FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS, FLOPPY DISK DRIVE
2 Two tapping
screws (M2 × 4)
3 Hinge retainer
9 Remove the hinge assembly
in the direction of the arrow B.
1
B
8 Claw
A
7 Remove the hinge assembly
3 Harness 4 Battery lid in the direction of the arrow A.
(FU-54)(5p)
5 Tapping
6 Two claws screw (M2 × 5)
q; Screw (M2 × 3),
lock ace, p2
REMOVING THE HINGE ASSEMBLY
qa FU-139
board
8 Sheet (B)
4 Harness
(FU-53)(12p) 9 Floppy disk drive
6 Claw
7 FC Bracket
5 Three screws
(M2 × 2.5)
2 FC-72 board
2
-7
FCard
B o
1 Four screws
(M2 × 2.5)
Cautions When Handling FDD
1. Correct Way of Holding an FDD 2. Prohibited Items
Do not apply any physical stress to the center of the top plate.
Do not apply any physical

stress to the spindle motor.
Wear an earthed wrist strap. Do not hold an FDD by sandwiching

Range of holding FDD
the upper and lower surfaces.
If the FDD is not held correctly,

the components of the FDD may be bent.
2-4
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
[ FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
AC POWER
FU
-1 FU-139 board
ADAPTOR 39
AC IN
Harness (FU-54)(5p)
Harness (FU-53)(12p)
FC
Bo -72
ar
d
22
FC-72 board
PK-49 board 1
Adjustment remote
commander (RM-95)
22
P 1
Bo K-4
ar 9
d
1
22
CPC-12 jig
(J-6082-436-A)
2-5. LENS COMPLETE ASSEMBLY

REMOVING THE CF-074 BOARD
1 Four screws (M2 × 3), lock ace p2 7 SS holder

5 Two SS knobs
3 CF-074 board
6 Macro button
2 Tapping
screw (M2 × 5)
4 Two tapping screws
(M1.7 × 3.5)
1 FP-172
flexible board (6p)
A
2 Lens complete assembly
(Remove it in the direction of the arrow A.)
REMOVING THE BATTERY TERMINAL BOARD
3 BT lock claw
6 Battery terminal board
4 Two claws Remove it in the
direction of the arrow B.
B
5 Two claws
2 Battery holder 1 Two tapping screws (M2 × 5)
2-5
2-6. VP-50 BOARD, LENS BLOCK ASSEMBLY
lock ace p2
8 Cabinet (LT)
qg FP-177 flexible board
3 FP-177 flexible board (4p)
Note : Be careflul not to damage
the FP-177 flexible board.
2 Two claws (Note)

qd VP fixed plate
qh VP-50 board
qf FP-170 (7p)
7 Three claws 4 Cabinet

(VP) assembly
6 Screw (M2 × 4),

lock ace p2
C
qs Two screws (M2 × 3),

lock ace p2

qj Lens block assembly lock ace p2
B
REMOVING THE CD-245 BOARD,
9 Two tapping LENS ASSEMBLY, VAP ASSEMBLY
screws (M2 × 5) q; Two screws (M2 × 3),
lock ace p2
3 Two stapping crews (M1.7 × 6)
qa Cabinet (LB) assembly
(Remove it in the direction of the arrow C.) 7 Seal rubber (CL)
qs VAP assembly (5p)
REMOVING THE DC-IN CONNECTOR 6 Optical filter block (from VP-50 board)
qd Tapping screw (M1.7 × 6)

3 Two tapping 4 Four claws
screws (M2 × 5)
9 CD-245 5 CCD fitting
board adaptor (CL)
1 Three tapping
5 DC holder screws (M2 × 5)
2 Lens frame
qg Tape (A) D
qh Lens assembly
8 CCD block assembly(CCD imager)
(Remove soldering)
q; Tape (A)
6 DC-IN connector 4 Cabinet (LB) qf VAP assembly
(Remove it in the direction of the arrow D.)
qa FP-168 flexible board (13p)
2-6
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
[ LENS BLOCK (CD-245 BOARD), VP-50 BOARD CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]

FU
-1 FU-139 board
39
DC-IN connector (2p)
Harness (FU-54)(5p)
AC IN FP-166 flexible Harness (FU-53)(12p)
AC POWER
ADAPTOR board (18p)
CD-254 board FC
Bo -72
Lens block assembly ar
d
22
Lens assembly (26p)
FC-72 board
1
Adjustment remote
PK-49 board commander (RM-95)
22
1
P
Bo K-4
ar 9
VP-50 board FP-169 flexible d 1
board (16p) FP-170 flexible 22
board (7p) CPC-12 jig
(J-6082-436-A)
2-7. EJECT BUTTON SECTION
9 Claw
q; Lock button
retainer
qd Eject knob
qa Lock button
qs Lock button
spring
5 Pinion gear
6 Parallel pin (DIA. 1.6 × 8)
(PRECAUTION DURING INSTALLATION) 4 Rack (B)
2 Gear cover
Knob
(Rack (B)) 1 Three tapping
screws (M2 × 5)
Attach the Rack(A) and
Gear Cover so that the
Rack(B) knob agrees with
the Gear Cover Aposition 3 Eject spring
while the Rack(A) is A
pushed toward its top (Gear cover)
most position. Rack (A) Gear cover
8 Rack (A)
7 Tapping screw (M1.7 × 4)
2-7
2-8. AE-022 BOARD
8 FP-174 flexible board (5p) REMOVING THE CONTROL

3 Tape (A)
6 Two screws (M2 × 4) SWITCH BLOCK (zoom and shutter)
lock ace, p2
4 Screw (M2 × 4), 3 SW holder

lock ace, p2 (360)
7 AE button
4 Control
9 AE-022 board 1 Tape (A) switch block
1 Tape (A) q; AE sheet insulating
qa AE frame 2 Two tapping
5 Two claws screws (M2 × 5)
2 Harness (flash unit)(10p)
2-9. FLASH UNIT, MICROPHONE UNIT
qj Open button
qk Microphone 3 Tapping screw 4 Remove the ST cabinet
A
sheet (M1.7 × 3.5) (upper) in the direction
ql Two tapping of the arrow A.
B Two
screws (M2 × 5) claws
2 Tapping screw
(M1.7 × 3.5)
qa Tapping screw
(M2 × 5)
qh Flash unit
1 Push the button to
qd ST assembly raise the flash unit.
B
qg Tilt base
q; Blind assembly
9 Two tapping
screws (M2 × 5)
qf Tapping screw
(M2 × 5) 8 Flash unit (Note) C 6 Microphone unit (2p) w; Microphone
7 Two tapping
qs Screw (M2 × 4), grille assembly
screws (M2 × 5)
lock ace, p2
wa Microphone unit
5 Sheet, waterproof
C Note : Do not touch the capacitor terminals,
an electric shock could result.
INSTALLING THE FLASH UNIT

7 Open q; Push down the flash unit. qf ST cabinet
qh Tapping screw
2 Attach the harness button (M1.7 × 3.5) (upper)
of the flash unit
qg Tapping screw
as shown. (M1.7 × 3.5)
1 Flash unit
8 Blind
assembly
9 Two tapping
6 Tapping screws (M2 × 5)
screw (M2 × 5) qa Flash unit
3 Tilt base 5 Screw (M2 × 4), Flash stand-by qs Two tapping qd Push the button to
4 Tapping screw (M2 × 5) lock ace, p2 switch screws (M2 × 5) raise the flash unit.
2-8
2-10.CIRCUIT BOARDS LOCATION
AE-022
(KEY (A))
FLASH UNIT CF-074

(KEY (B))
CD-245
(CCD IMAGER)
FU-139
(DC IN)
PK-49
(AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG)
VF-143
(RGB DRIVE, TG)
MA-379
(MIC IN)
VP-50
(VAP CONTROL)
FC-72
CAMERA PROCESSOR, FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR
DRIVE, MC CAM, SH DSP, FDD CONTROL,
VIDEO AMP, HI CONTROL, AUDIO AMP,
DC/DC CONVERTER, CAMERA DSP
2-9
2-11.FLEXIBLE BOARDS LOCATION
(From LCD902) FP-171

CONTROL FP-174
SWITCH BLOCK
FP-173
FP-177
FP-168
From LENS
FP-175 BLOCK
FP-166
FP-176
FP-170
From FLOPPY
DISK DRIVE
FP-172 (From LCD901)
FP-169
(From LENS BLOCK) (From ND901)
2-10E
MVC-FD95
SECTION 3
BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-1. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
CD-245 BOARD(1/2) FC-72 BOARD

(4-13)
ZOOM (4-9)
LENS IRIS
(4-8)
ND FILTER (SHUTTRE)
IC102 12 AD DATA 12
IC301 16 DATA BUS
IC101 CCD OUT
S/H,AGC, CAMERA DSP

CCD IMAGER A/D CONV. MEMORY CONTROL
VIDEO ENCODER 14
OPD,OSD,HOST IF ADDRESS BUS
FOCUS ZOOM (4-9) RES CONTROL
MOTOR MOTOR V1A,V1B,V2, SG,JPEG,L-MODE
IRIS
ND FILTER METER V3A,V3B,V4,
MOTOR
M M M HALL
M RG,VSHT
H1,H2
IC101 AUDIO I/F
MCK12 MCK12 SHUTTER CONTROL

TIMING
FOCUS ZOOM H GENERATOR MCK24
RESET RESET MCK24 STROBO CONTROL
ACTIVE SENSOR SENSOR
PRISM
ACTUATOR
(4-14)
MC XCS2
P DRIVE Y DRIVE IC184 IRIS CONT 1,2 ADDRESS MC XCS6
CAM SO,XCAM,SCK IC302 14

IC201-207 IC181 FOCUS
MOTOR
DRIVE
ZOOM
MOTOR
DRIVE
IC185 SDRAM DATA AU SDTO
64Mbit
ACTIVE PRISM ND FILTER IRIS DRIVE
16 AU SDTI
ACTUATOR
DRIVE
(4-53)
DRIVE
IC183 HALL (+)
HALL AMP
HALL AD
(4-19)
(4-11) XZM RST SENS (4-11/4-12)
(4-11)
VP-50 XFC RST SENS
XZM RST SENS
XFC RST SENS
Y
C
IC901 VIDEO OUT
BOARD (4-11)
VIDEO AMP
IC182 MSHUT ON MSHUT ON Y

IC209 (4-54)
SHUTTER DRIVE
ENO,EN1
ENO A,B
R-Y
CONTENUDE ON
ENO,EN1 EN1 A,B
STEADY B-Y
SHOT
ENOA,B ND ON (SEE PAGE
ND ON EN1A,B
CONTROL STRB ON VD,HD 3-3)
(4-12)
(4-54) EXT STRB ON
IC208 IC186
CAM SO,CAM SI,XCAM SCK
EVR
A/D CONV. FOCUS A,B
CAM SO,CAM SI,XCAM SCK
(4-8) STRB ON
IC150 FLASH FLASH ST UNREG
EXT STRB ON
PITCH/YAW
SENSOR AMP
UNIT UNIT STB CHARGE
HI SO,HI SCK
SE150 SE151
PITCH YAW
SENSOR SENSOR
FOCUS
RING
CD-245 BOARD AUSTD
(2/2) MF UNIT
BT901
BATT
TERMINAL
Q001,004 BATT SIG
FAST CHARGE ON
BATT/XEXT
S SYS DD ON
LCD DD ON
VIDEO OUT
EVF DD ON
DD ON
Y,R-Y,B-Y,VD,HD
(4-25)
EVF SENS
FDD P5V
J901
IC001 CAM 15V
CAM P5V
LCD902
DC IN
DC/DC
CONVERTER
FDD 4.9V
A 4.9V
IC503 IC603 LCD
CAM -7.5V TIMING PANEL
EVR
CAM 3.2V GENERATOR
D 3.2V
F002 A 3.2V (4-48) (4-50)
VD,HD
D 1.8V
PANEL -15.3V Y R
PANEL 13.2V R-Y IC502 G
PANEL 6.5V
B-Y LCD B
PANEL 4.9V DRIVE
FU-139 EVF 3.1V
EVF 12V (4-48)
BOARD EVF BL 4.75V IC504 (4-47)
VAP P 5V
EYE
SENSOR (4-50)
F005
F006
ACV UNREG
EVF BL 4.75V
IC601 ND601
BACK LIGHT
BL UNREG BACK LIGHT
F001 DRIVE
ST UNREG
F004
BATT UNREG
16 VF-143 BOARD
3-1 3-2
MVC-FD95
3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
FC-72 BOARD FLOPPY

DISK DRIVE
UNIT
(4-18) (4-17)
WRITE DATA R/W A,B
DATA BUS 16 IC702 READ DATA IC704 ERASE
UPPER HEAD
SIDE 1
16 16 16 FD CONTROL
REC/PB AMP
WRITE GATE SPINDLE MOTOR DRIVE
3 STEPPING MOTOR DRIVE
ADDRESS BUS
SIDE 1 SELECT R/W A,B
DIRECTION
STEP LOWER HEAD
24 12 17 SIDE 2
ERASE
TRK 00,INDEX
(4-15) WRITE PROTECT
IC501 IC506 IC505 FDD SELECT

FDD MOTOR ON DISK
SDRAM FLASH ROM FDD XDCHG

MC CAM 16Mbit 8Mbit FDD DENSITY
SH DSP SPINDLE
MC XCS2
(4-16) (4-16) MOTOR
DRIVE M SPINDLE
MOTOR
MC XCS6 MC XCS2 MC XCS0 MC XCS5
M STEPPING
MOTOR
TRACK 00
SENSOR
(4-36)
PK-49
(4-21) (4-22) S701,702,
IC702 BOARD
704-706
SHOCK
CONTENUDE ON BATT UNREG IC401 EVER 3.2V
IC404 KEY AD 1,2 FUNCTION
DETECT
(SEE PAGE SW
3-2) (4-16) 3.2V REG
ACV UNREG
HI CONTROL
IC508 IC402 RESET
XCAM/PB SW
MOVIE/XSTILL SW
S707,709
PLAY/STILL/MOVIE SW
EEPROM RESET S703

XPWR SW
POWER SW
(4-21) XBATT CHG LED
XSTROBE LED D701-703
XPOWER LED
CHARGE,FLASH,POWER
(4-22) LED
CAM SO,CAM SI,XCAM SCK HI SO,HI SI,XHI SCK
32KHZ BATT
IC405 BT701
LITHIUM VANADIUM
BATTERY
TIMER
EXT STRB ON (4-22) CLOCK
IC406 EVER 3.2V

FP-176
HI,SI,XHI SCK
EEPROM
(FLEXIBLE)
LANC IN (4-21)
(4-24) LANC OUT IC403 LANC SIG
BEEP
IC253 HALL AD
LANC
I/O
EXT STRB ON LANC/
EXT STROBE
(4-24) AUDIO OUT FOCUS A,B

LINE/
SPEAKER EVF SENS
AUSTD AU SDTO
AU SDTI
IC252 AU OUT
AU IN
AMP
EVF DD ON
MIC AMP AU SP+,SP-
AUDIO BATT SIG
AD/DA MIC SIG
CONV. FAST CHARGE ON KEY_AD0,3,4
BATT/XEXT XRS ON1,2
SYS DD ON ZOOM SW AD
LCD DD ON
STB CHARGE
J781
AUDIO
VIDEO OUT VIDEO OUT
(MONO)
DD ON VIDEO
OUT
Y,R-Y,B-Y,VD,HD AUDIO OUT
AU SP+,SP-
SP901
SPEAKER
IC801 (4-41)
CF-074 BOARD HI SO,XHI SCK
LCD901
EVR IC901 LCD
PANEL
TIMING
FUNCTION
SW
KEY AD0,3 (4-39) GENERATOR
ZOOM SW AD XRS ON 1,2 KEY AD4
S401-403
VD,HD
Y R
R-Y IC802 G
B-Y LCD B
MA-379 BOARD DRIVE
(4-40)
(4-60)
S351-356
MIC901
IC301 MIC SIG ZOOM VR SHUTTER FUNCTION BL UNREG
IC851,852 BL HIGH
ND901
MIC SW SW BACK LIGHT
MIC BACK LIGHT DRIVE
AMP CONTROL
SWITCH BLOCK (4-37)
(ZOOM BLOCK 360) AE-022 BOARD
16
3-3 3-4
MVC-FD95
3-3. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (1/2) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
FU-139
BATT SIG
BATT/XEXT
1 1 FC-72 BOARD
2 2
BT901
BOARD DC PACK SW
5 5
BATTERY FAST CHARGE ON
TERMINAL 3 3 ST UNREG
INIT CHARGE ON
4 4
BATT UNREG CN003 CN002

1
CD-245 BOARD(1/2) BATT SIG

F004 BATT SIG
(4-8)
S 2 8 8
F003
7 7 UNREG4
3 Q001, Q002,
Q004 Q003 6 6 ACV UNREG
IC150 4
DC PACK SW
CHARGE
F002
5 5 UNREG3
SWITCH 4 4 BATT UNREG
PITCH/YAW PITCH/YAW CN002
SENSOR AMP SENSOR F001
3 3 UNREG2
J901
DC IN 2 2
LF001 F005
ACV UNREG UNREG1
1 1 1
L150
2 CN004 CN001
CN102 BATT/XEXT
3
3 5
CN001
S +3.2V
3 5
CN232
VP-50 BOARD MA-379 BATT/XEXT
DC PACK SW
(4-53) (4-53)
BOARD IC001 (4-25) FAST CHARGE ON
INIT CHARGE
L002
L001
L003
(4-60)
IC204- IC201 DC/DC CONVERTER
IC207 IC202 IC301 VCC OUT 45

Q004
ACTIVE ACTIVE SWITCHING L007
MIC AMP 18 VCC 5V FDD P 5V
PRISM PRISM CONTENUED ON
ACTUATOR ACTUATOR
PRE-DRIVE DRIVE OUT A 46 (SEE PAGE
3-7)
MF CN402
CT
UNIT Q205,
206
CAM DD ON
4
A 4.9V
10 10
17 +IN A 6
CONTROL 16 RT
Q001
SWITCHING
T001 D002
RECT L016
FOCUS
RING
6
(4-53) Q208,
211
SWITCH 4 5
15V CAM 15V
CN234 BLOCK SCP:A 8 D001

RECT
IC203 VAP P 5V ZOOM 5 2
CN303
5 5
1
6
10.5V
3 VR Q010
VAP CN301 20 POW CONT
LOCK 8
Q203, EMERGENCY
DRIVE 204 (ZOOM 21 CTL B
OUT B 44
DETECT L014
VAP P 5V
2
BLOCK Q025,028
Q031,034
22 CTL C,D 12
ACTIVE
PRISM 5
Q209,210 A +4.9V
5 360) +IN B
3
-10.5V
-7.5V REG
CAM -7.5V
ACTUATOR L015
CN231 L207 CAM P 5V BL UNREG
D +3.2V REF 2.5V
12
CN236
13 L012
(4-54) (4-54) SCP:B FDD 4.9V FDD 4.9V
Q003
SWITCHING L005 L009
IC210 IC209 IC208 4
CAM DD ON
4.9V A 4.9V PANEL -15.3V
PANEL 13.2V
PANEL 6.5V
STEADY VAP P 5V OUT C 40 Q009 PANEL 4.9V
WAVE A/D 3
SHAPER SHOT CONV.
CONTROL A 4.9V EMERGENCY
CAM 15V
(4-54) 5
26 DETECT
CAM -7.5V
D 3.2V +IN C CAM 3.2V
12 Q005-006
CN182 1.8V
D 1.8V
24 REG
SCP:C Q002
SWITCHING L004 L011
A 3.2V
VF-143 BOARD OUT D 39
L010
CAM 3.2V
(4-48) (4-48) REF 2.5V
L008
D501 D 3.2V
+IN D 31
IC502 IC503 EYE SENS
LED CN501 REF 2.5V 19 V REF
Q014
Q003,004
Q026,029,035
PANEL -15.3V
-15.3V
RECT
LCD REG
EVR
DRIVE 24 Q024,032,036,038
CN802 SCP:D 29 15V PANEL 13.2V D 1.8V
CN601 13.2V REG
12 BL UNREG D 3.2V
EVF 5
13
24 REF 2.5V
Q027,030,033,037 A 3.2V
LCD L601
10 12 EVF 3.1V 3.2V
Q018
Q023
10.5V
6.5V REG
PANEL 6.5V
A 4.9V
UNIT 1
11 13
EMERGENCY
SW CAM P 5V
DETECT
14 10 EVF 12V Q017,019 Q013,016 FDD P 5V
L017
12V REG 4.9V PANEL 4.9V
7 11 L018
D3.2V Q020-022
6 14
LCD DD ON
7 EVF BL4.75V
SYS DD ON
IC603 IC601 IC504 6 R801
802 EVF DD ON
20 CAM DD ON
TIMING BACK LIGHT EYE SENS CN803 EVF BL+
GENERATOR DRIVER DETECT FOR CHECK 19
(4-50) (4-50) (4-47) 16
3-5 3-6
MVC-FD95
3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
-LCD type check-

FC-72 BOARD By measurimg the resistor valve between
Pin qd of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
ST UNREG
of CN803(FC-72 board),type of LCD can
be discrimimated.
(4-22) ST UNREG
Q409 8 8
STB CHG Type CA : 47K
BATT SIG
IF BLOCK
48
49
BATT SI
IC404 STB CHG 93
32
XSTB FUL
1 6
FLASH
Type SH : 4.7k
BATT SO 10 5
HI CONTROL XSTB FULL STB ON
9 4 UNIT
A 4.9V
D402 42,51 4 3
ACV UNREG 3.2V
2 3 75,76 BACKUP VCC
REG 77,86 CN301
D401 (4-21) 87
BATT UNREG
IC402 PANEL 3.2V
20 31
L801
IC401 (4-39) (4-40) (4-41) (4-41)

2 1 38
(4-21) RESET XREST
IC801 IC802 IC901 IC902
EVR LCD TIMING COM
DRIVE GENERATOR AMP LCD901
71 BATT SENS XPOWER 14
P 4.9V 2 VSH
Q411 PANEL 4.9V L903
POWER LED 60 LED DRIVE PANEL -15.3V

40 11
L902
23
VSS
LCD
72 ACV SENS
PANEL 13.2V
37 14
L901
9
VGH
UNIT
39 12 1
BATT/XEXT PANEL 6.5V
DC PACK SW 36 15 CN901
FAST CHARGE ON 92 DD CON SENS
INIT CHARGE
D 3.2V
38 13
20 BATT/XEXT S703
65 DC PACK SW CAM DD ON 25 POWER
24 27
100 FAST CHARGE (4-37) (4-36)
13 38 D703
27 INIT CHARGE A 4.9V (POWER)
47 LCD DD ON
BL UNREG
19
41
32
9
IC851,852 IC702
29 SYS DD ON
42 10 BACK LIGHT DRIVE SHOCK DETECT
99 EVF DD ON FDD P 5V LANC/EXT
46 5 CN781 STROBE
LANC DC
CAM DD ON 9 42 3
EVER 3.2V BT701
D410 26 25 CHARGE LED
LITHIUM
R485
CONTENUED ON
EVER 3.2V BATT
50 1 VANADIUM FP-176
(SEE PAGE CN802 CN701
BATTERY
PK-49 BOARD (FLEXIBLE)
3-6) (4-22)
(4-22) (4-21)
IC406 IC405 IC403 (4-17)

EEPROM TIMER BLOCK
1
LANC I/O
14 Q701-704 IC704 CN702
BL UNREG
4.9V FDD HEAD AMP 5 SIDE1 HEAD
REG FLOPPY
CN703
FDD 4.9V R743 DISK DRIVE
3 SIDE2 HEAD
BL UNREG UNIT
FDD P 5V 9
SPINDLE MOTOR
FDD 4.9V 10
(4-18)
PANEL -15.3V
IC702 5 SENSOR
PANEL 13.2V D 3.2V CN701
PANEL 6.5V FDD CONTROL
PANEL 4.9V
CAM 15V CAM DD ON
CAM -7.5V
CAM 3.2V
(4-9) (4-9)
A +4.9V
IC301 199
STB ON
IC102 IC101 CD-245 BOARD

(4-14) (4-15) (4-16) (4-16)
(4-13) S/H
AGC
TIMING
(2/2)
IC508 CAMERA DSP
MEMORY CONTROL IC302 IC501 IC505 IC506 Q102-105
A/D CONV.
GENERATOR
(4-8)
VIDEO ENCODER
OPD,OSD,HOST IF
EEPROM
RES CONTROL
SG,JPEG,L-MODE 64 Mbit
MC
CAM
FLASH ROM SDRAM
CAM -7.5V
CAM 15V
CAM -7.5V
CAM 15V
10 12 IC101
SDRAM 16Mbit 16Mbit 9 11
SH-DSP CCD
CAM 3.3V
CN101 CN101 IMAGER
D 1.8V D 1.8V
D 3.2V D 3.2V
A 3.2V A 3.2V
A 4.9V A 4.9V
DAC ENB
CAM P 5V
FDD P 5V
CAM P 5V
IC181 CH 3.2V
L184
(4-24) (4-24)
L901 L181 L182
LCD DD ON ND FILTER
DRIVE L183 LENS
SYS DD ON L255
SP VCC
IC253 IC252 (4-11)
XLENS RST LED
UNIT
Q901,902
HI UNREG
EVF DD ON LINE/ AUDIO Q189,190 SENS VCC FOCUS

HI VDD
RESET
Q253 SPEAKER AD/DA REG 7 RESET

CAM DD ON AMP CONV. SENSOR
+3.1V Q182
10 18 17
CN803
FOR CHECK
IC901 IC183 IC182 IC184 IC185 IC186 19
ZOOM
RESET
SENSOR
ZOOM MOTOR
EVR
VIDEO DRIVE SHUTTER IRIS HALL
AMP FOCUS MOTOR DRIVE DRIVE AMP D/A
DRIVE CONV.
(4-19) (4-11) (4-11) (4-11) (4-12) (4-12) ND

25 FILTER
METER
CN183
16
3-7 3-8E
MVC-FD95
SECTION 4
PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
4-1. FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
13P CN231 13P CN234 6P

A Y DRIVE A 13 13 Y DRIVE A D3.2V 6
Y DRIVE B 12 12 Y DRIVE B FOCUS_B 5
Y DUMP A 11 11 Y DUMP A FOCUS_A 4 FP-177

MF
Y DUMP B 10 10 Y DUMP B GND 3 FLEXIBLE
P OUT 9 9 P OUT NC 2
ACTIVE
PRISM TEMP OUT 8 FP-168 8 TEMP OUT NC 1
ACTUATOR
GND 7 FLEXIBLE 7 GND
B
Y OUT 6 6 Y OUT
VP-50
A+4.9V 5 5 A+4.9V
P DUMP B 4 4 P DUMP B
BOARD CN235 5P
P DUMP A 3 3 P DUMP A SENS OUT 1

P DRIVE B 2 2 P DRIVE B SENS IN 2
P DRIVE A 1 1 P DRIVE A LOCK + 3 VAP LOCK

MOTOR
LOCK - 4
CD-245 BOARD NC 5
C CN102 CN232
7P 7P
GND 1 1 GND
OUT_1 2 2 OUT_1
CCD
LENS UNIT IMAGER S+3.2V 3 FP-170 3 S+3.2V
18P
16P
C_RESET 4 FLEXIBLE 4 C_RESET
S+3.2V 5 5 S+3.2V
CN101
VAP_LOCK_SENS
CN236
VAP_LOCK_ON
OUT_2 6 6 OUT_2
VSUB_CONT
CAM DD ON
D
VAP RESET
CAM_-7.5V
FORCUS_A
FORCUS_B
GND 7 7 GND
VAP_P_5V
REG_GND
VAP_GND
CAM_15V
CCD_OUT
CAM SCK
FLASH
CAM_SO
CAM_SI
VAP CS
D+3.2V
A+4.9V
SYS_V
VSHT
UNIT
GND
GND
GND
GND
V1B
V1A
V3B
V3A
RG
H1
H2
V2
V4
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
2
3
6
7
8
9
FP-166 FP-169
FLEXIBLE FLEXIBLE
E
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
10
1
3
4
7
8
9
8
7
5
4
2
1
2
3
4
6
7
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
FOCUS_A
FOCUS_B
FOCUS_B
FOCUS_A
F_SENS_GND
F_SENS_RST
F_SENS_VCC
HALL-
BIAS-
HALL+
BIAS+
DRIVE+
DRIVE-
ZOOM_A
ZOOM_B
ZOOM_B
ZOOM_A
Z_SENS_GND
Z_SENS_VCC
Z_SENS_RST
TEMP_OUT
TEMP_COM_(GND)
ND_DRIVE-
ND_DRIVE+
ND_CONT+
VSHT
VSUB_CONT
RG
H1
H2
GND
CAM_-7.5V
CAM_15V
V1B
V1A
V2
V3B
V3A
V4
GND
GND
CCD_OUT
GND
SYS_V
CAM DD ON
A+4.9V
CAM_SI
CAM_SO
CAM SCK
REG_GND
D+3.2V
FORCUS_A
FORCUS_B
STB_CHARGE
STRB_PHOTO_ON
POP_UP_ON
A_4.9V
UNREG_GND
PHOTO_TR_OUT
UNREG
STRB_ON
XSTB_FULL
VAP_GND
VAP_P_5V
VAP RESET
VAP CS
VAP_LOCK_ON
VAP_LOCK_SENS
ND_CONT-
TALLY
10P
16P
26P
18P
CN301
CN182
CN183
CN101
F
CN803 22P
1 FDDRF_B
2 FDDRF_A
G 3 INDEX
4 REG_GND FC-72 BOARD
5 XCPC_IN CONTINUED TO FH(2/2)
5P
5P
1/9 CH BLOCK
19P
6 TRACK_00 (SEE PAGE 4-3)
7 HSY
2/9 LD BLOCK
CF-074 BOARD
CN703
CN701
CN702
8 COM
FDD_LED_IN
FDD_GND(E)
3/9 P2K BLOCK
FDD_5V(A)
9 VG
FDD_GND
FDD_GND
COMMON
COMMON
S403
TOS1(C)
STBY(K)
FDD_5V
FDD_5V
SHIELD
SHIELD
R/W_B
R/W_A
R/W_A
R/W_B
CLOCK
ERASE
ERASE
S402 10 HI_UNREG
INDEX
H 4/9 SH BLOCK
FPTS
DISK
STEADY
HDS
PNB
PNA
MC
SHOT FOCUS
PB
PA
11 LANC_IN
CPC
12 LANC_OUT 5/9 FDC BLOCK
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
1
2
4
5
4
3
5
4
2
1
ON AUTO
13 MAKER_RECOG
6/9 VI/CN BLOCK
OFF MANUAL 14 PF7/MS_SCLK (SIDE1) (SIDE0)
FDD UNIT
15 TXD/MS_BS
7/9 HI BLOCK
CN401 6P CN401 6P 16 RXD/MS_DIO
REG_GND 6 1 REG_GND 17 RESET/XMS_IN 8/9 AU BLOCK

FOCUS_B 5 2 FOCUS_B 18 HI_VDD/D_3.2V
I S401 FOCUS_A 4 FP-172 3 FOCUS_A 19 EVF_BL+
9/9 DD BLOCK
D501
(ACCESS)
(MACRO) KEY_AD3 3 FLEXIBLE 4 KEY_AD3 20 EVF_BL_4.75
REG_GND 2 5 REG_GND 21 EVF_VG

KEY_AD0 1 6 KEY_AD0 22 EVF_VCO
12P
10P
9P
FAST_CHARGE_ON
INIT_CHARGE_ON
CN402
CN002
CN001
ZOOM_SW_AD
ZOOM_SW_AD
DC_PACK_SW
BATT_UNREG
BATT/XEXT
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
BATT_SIG
MIC_GND
MIC_GND
XRS_ON2
XRS_ON1
XRS_ON1
XRS_ON2
KEY_AD4
MIC_SIG
UNREG1
UNREG2
UNREG2
UNREG3
UNREG3
UNREG4
UNREG4
D_3.2V
D_3.2V
A_4.9V
K
10
10
11
12
9
8
7
6
5
3
2
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
3
4
5
7
8
9
FP-171 FU-54 FU-53
AE-022 BOARD FLEXIBLE HARNESS HARNESS
10
10
11
12
9
8
6
5
4
3
3
2
3
4
7
8
9
S351
A_4.9V
MIC_GND
MIC_SIG
MIC_GND
D_3.2V
ZOOM_SW_AD
XRS_ON2
XRS_ON1
REG_GND
KEY_AD4
INIT_CHARGE_ON
UNREG1(3.2/1.8/HI)
UNREG2(FLASH)
UNREG2(FDD_P_5V)
UNREG3
UNREG3(TRANS 4.9V)
UNREG4
UNREG4(BL/STP)
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
REG_GND
DC_PACK_SW
FAST_CHARGE_ON
BATT/XEXT
BATT_SIG
BATT_UNREG
SPOT METER
L CN001 3P
ACV_UNREG 1 J901
S352
10P
12P
CN305 2P
DC IN
5P
ACV_GND 2
1 MIC_SIG
MIC901 BATT/XEXT 3
MIC
CN301
CN004
MIC_GND
CN003
S353 2
WHITE BALANCE
S354
CN303 6P CN002 4P
PROGRAM AE
CN351 5P CN306 5P XRS_ON1 6 1 XRS_ON1 CONTROL SWITCH BATT_UNREG 1
M S355 KEY_AD4 1 5 KEY_AD4 XRS_ON2 5 2 XRS_ON2 BLOCK FU-139 BOARD BATT_SIG 2 BT901
BATTERY
- KEY_AD4 2
FP-174 4 KEY_AD4
MA-379
UNREG_GND
D_3.2V
4 3 UNREG_GND
D_3.2V
(ZOOM BLOCK 360) BATT_GND
DC_PACK_SW
3 TERMINAL
N.C 3 3 N.C 3 4 S001 4
S356 FLEXIBLE RV001
+
REG_GND 4 2 REG_GND BOARD ZOOM_SW_AD 2 5 ZOOM_SW_AD
ZOOM
(FREEZE)
REG_GND 5 1 REG_GND UNREG_GND 1 6 UNREG_GND (SHUTTER)
N
16
FRAME SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (1/2)

4-1 4-2
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
A
CN801 50P CN701 50P
AV_JACK_IN 1 50 AV_JACK_IN
FC-72 BOARD VIDEO_OUT 2 49 VIDEO_OUT
VIDEO_GND 3 48 VIDEO_GND
AUDIO_OUT 4 47 AUDIO_OUT
AUDIO_GND 5 46 AUDIO_GND
PK-49 BOARD
B REG_GND 6 45 REG_GND
1/4 LK BLOCK
LANC_SIG 7 44 LANC_SIG BL_HIGH 10
LANC_JACK_IN 8 43 XLANC_JACK_IN 2/4 BL BLOCK N.C. 9
LANC_DC 9 42 LANC_DC N.C. 8
EXT_STRB_ON/SENS 10 41 EXT_STB_ON
3/4 RGB BLOCK N.C. 7
REG_GND 11 40 REG_GND N.C. 6
4/4 TG BLOCK
MOVE/XSTILL 12 39 MOVE/XSTILL N.C. 5
D901
XPOWER_LED 13 38 XPOWER_LED N.C. 4 (STARTER)
C XBATT_CHG_LED 14 37 XBATT_CHG_LED BL_LOW 3
CONTINUED TO FH(1/2) SHOCK SENS 15 36 SHOCK SENS LED 2

(SEE PAGE 4-2) KEY_AD2 16 35 KEY_AD2 LED_GND 1
KEY_AD1 17 34 KEY_AD1 CN851 10P
XSTROBE_LED 18 33 XSTROBE_LED
A_4.9V 19 32 A_4.9V
PANEL_3.2V 20 31 PANEL_3.2V
PANEL_B-Y 21 30 PANEL_B-Y
D XCAM/PB_SW 22 29 XCAM/PB_SW
FLEXIBLE
PANEL_Y 23 28 PANEL_Y
ND901
XPWR_SW 24 27 XPWR_SW CN901 24P BACK LIGHT
PANEL_R-Y 25 26 PANEL_R-Y
J781 VSH CLD 24
EVER_3.2V 26 25 EVER_3.2V
VDD SPD 23
AUDIO
MAKER_RECOG 27 24 MAKER_RECOG
(MONO) VR CTR 22
VG 28 23 VG VIDEO
FP-165
OUT VB EX3 21
HSY 29 22 HSY
E PANEL_COM 30 21 PANEL_COM
VG
VSS
EX2
VB12
20
19
XCS_PANEL_D/A 31 20 XCS_LCD_D/A
MODE1 RES 18
PANEL_V 32 19 PANEL_V
MCLK TST 17
HI_SO 33 18 HI_SO
HCNT VR 16
HDO 34 17 HDO S708 LCD901
CLR VG 15 PANEL
XHI_SCK 35 16 XHI_SCK LCD ON/OFF LCD
OE VB 14
PANEL_6.5V 36 15 PANEL_6.5V S704
SRTL GND 13
PANEL_-15.3V 37 14 PANEL_-15.3V VOLUME +
F D_3.2V 38 13 D_3.2V S706
SRTR
VBC
VSH
COM
12
11
PANEL_13.2V 39 12 PANEL_13.2V VOLUME -
VCOM VGL 10
PANEL_4.9V 40 11 PANEL_4.9V
S707 MODE2 VSS 9
BL_UNREG 41 10 BL_UNREG
PLAY RESET MO2 8
BL_UNREG 42 9 BL_UNREG
GSRT MO1 7
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 43 8 REG_GND(UNREG_GND)
STILL GPCK GPCK 6
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 44 7 REG_GND(UNREG_GND)
S709 GRES SPS 5
FDD_GND 45 6 FDD_GND
G FDD_P_5V 46 5 FDD_P_5V
MOVIE VREFL
VGL
CLS
VCC
4
3
S703
26P
AU_SP+ 47 4 AU_SP+
POWER VREFH VSH 2
AU_SP- 48 3 AU_SP-
VGH VGH 1
S705
DATA_FROM_HI
AU_SPON 49 2 AU_SPON
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
XCS_EVF_EVR
SENSOR_GND
SENSOR_GND
CN802
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_LED_ON
(FLASH)
BL_UNREG
AU_MIXOUT 50 1 AU_MIXOUT TYPE CA TYPE SH
EVF_12.0V
EVF_12.0V
EVF_SENS
EVF_3.1V
EVF_3.1V
EVF_XHD
EVF_XVD
XHI_SCK
EVF_R-Y
EVF_B-Y
EVF_VG
EVF_Y
GND
GND
3.1V
S702
VCO
-LCD type check-
DISPLAY
By measurimg the resistor valve between
H
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
S701 Pin 13 of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
MENU of CN803(FC-72 board),the type of LCD can
CN702 2P
FP-173 FLEXIBLE
SP901
1 SP -
be discrimimated.
SPEAKER Type CA : 47k

2 SP + D712
Type SH : 4.7k
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
ON/CHG
1
2
3
7
8
SP-149
XHI_SCK
XCS_EVF_EVR
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_BL_GND
EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_BL_4.75V
VCO
EVF_VG
EVF_12.0V
EVF_12.0V
EVF_3.1V
EVF_3.1V
D_3.2V
GND
GND
EVF_XVD
EVF_R-Y
EVF_Y
EVF_B-Y
EVF_XHD
SENSOR_GND
SENS_LED_ON
BL_UNREG
EVF_SENS
SENSOR_GND
SENSOR_GND
DATA_FROM_HI
HARNESS D701
I (FLASH)
27P
D703
CN501
(POWER)
FP-176 FLEXIBLE
6 LANC_SIG
5 XLANC_JACK_IN BT701
LANC/ 4 EXT_STB_ON LITHIUM
16P
EXT STROBE BATTERY
3 LANC_DC
J 2 JACK_GND
CN601
VF-143 1 JACK_GND
EVF_12.0V
CN781
EVF_GND
6P
BOARD
HCK1
HCK2
DWN
COM
RGT
HST
ENB
VCK
BLK
STB
VST
G
R
B
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
K LCD902
EVF LCD
16

4-3 4-4
MVC-FD95 MVC-FD95
4-2. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
THIS NOTE IS COMMON FOR WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

(In addition to this, the necessary note is printed in each block)
(For printed wiring boards) (Measuring conditions voltage and waveform)

• b: Pattern from the side which enables seeing. • Voltages and waveforms are measured between the measure-
(The other layers' patterns are not indicated.) ment points and ground when camera shoots color bar chart of
• Through hole is omitted. pattern box. They are reference values and reference wave-
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. forms. *
• There are few cases that the part printed on diagram (VOM of DC 10 MΩ input impedance is used.).
isn’t mounted in this model. • Voltage values change depending upon input impedance of VOM
• Chip parts. used.) *
Transistor Diode
C 65 4 45 6 4 5 1 2 3 3 3 1. Connection
Pattern box
B E 12 3 32 1 32 1 54 3 2 1 2 1 2 1
(For schematic diagrams)
• All capacitors are in µF unless otherwise noted. pF : µµF.
50V or less are not indicated except for electrolytics and
tantalums. About 90 cm
• Chip resistors are 1/10W unless otherwise noted.
kΩ=1000Ω, MΩ=1000kΩ.
• Caution when replacing chip parts.
New parts must be attached after removal of chip.
Be careful not to heat the minus side of tantalum capacitor, Be-
cause it is damaged by the heat.
• Some chip part will be indicated as follows.
Example C541 L452
22U 10UH Front of the Protection glass
TA A 2520
Kinds of capacitor
Temperature characteristics
External dimensions (mm) 2. Adjust the distance so that the output waveform of Fig. a and
the Fig. b can be obtain.
• Constants of resistors, capacitors, ICs and etc with XX indicate
that they are not used. H
Yellow
In such cases, the unused circuits may be indicated.

Magenta
White
Cyan
• Parts with ★ differ according to the model/destination.

Green
Refer to the mount table for each function.

Red
Blue
• All variable and adjustable resistors have characteristic curve B,

unless otherwise noted.
• Signal name
XEDIT → EDIT PB/XREC → PB/REC
• 2 : non flammable resistor
• 1 : fusible resistor
• C : panel designation A B A=B B A
• A : B+ Line * Fig. a (Video output terminal output waveform)
• B : B– Line *
•J : IN/OUT direction of (+,–) B LINE. *
• C : adjustment for repair. *
Electron beam
• Circled numbers refer to waveforms. * scanned frame
* Indicated by the color red.
Magenta
Green
Yellow
White
Cyan
Blue
Red
Note : Note : CRT picture frame

The components identified by Les composants identifiés par
mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une
specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié. Fig.b (Picture on monitor TV)
When indicating parts by reference number, pleas include

the board name.
4-5
MVC-FD95
CD-245 (CCD IMAGER) PRINTED WIRING BOARD For schematic diagram

— Ref. No. CD-245 Board; 2,000 Series — • Refer to page 4-65 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
CN101 18P
CD-245 BOARD 18 VSHT
A CCD IMAGER,PITCH/YAW SENSOR R112

0 17 VSUB_CONT
3216
-REF.NO.:2000 SERIES- 16 RG
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 15 H1
14 H2
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R111 XX R102 0
D101 XX
R :REC MODE 13 GND
P :PB MODE 12 CAM_-7.5V TO
FC-72 BOARD
11 CAM_15V CN101
(THROUGH THE FP-166
10 V1B FLEXIBLE)
B 9
8
V1A
V2
(SEE PAGE 4-9)
7 V3B
6 V3A
5 V4
4 GND
C101 3 GND
L101 10u
100uH 20V 2 CCD_OUT
2520 TA B R101 0
C C102
1 GND
47
22u
1
R105 12
IC101 16V
TA B
R103
CCD IMAGER
7 R104
C103
0.1u C104
IC101 ICX202BQ-13 10 2012 B 0.01u
25V
B
R-7.2/P0
10 11 12 13 14 15 16
H2
1
V4
R-7.2/P0 R1.3/P0 C105
0.1u
UN9213J-(K8).SO
H1
2
V3A 16V B
R-7.2/P0 R1.8/P0
2 RG
0
3
V3B
D R-0.3/P0 R12.7/P0
VL
R106
4
V2
Q101
2.2k
INV.
R-0.3/P0 R-7.5/P0
CSUB
5
V1A
R8.5/P0 R110 47
R-0.3/P0
3 VSHT
6
V1B
R8.6/P0
GND SIGNAL PATH
7
GND
C111 R107 C106
R8.5/
P0
VDD 0.1u
9
VOUT XX 220k
16V
B VIDEO SIGNAL
R10.3/P0
R14.7/P0
1608
C107 B
2SC4178-F13F14-T1
R10.3/
0.1u CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
16V B
C108
4
P0
0.1u
BUFFER
E C109 R108 REC
Q102
25V
10p
CH 3300 5 6 F
PB
R14.7/
P0
R9.5/
P0
C110 XX
R109
0
F R157
C152 R160
22u 10k 15k
4V
TA A C163
C159 0.022u
1 4 1 4 R150 0.015u C161
22k R153 B 1608
22k B 22u
1608 B.P
PITCH PITCH
SE152 SENS. SE150 SENS.
XX R158
470k
2 3 2 3 C157
G C150
0.022u
0.015u
B
CN102 7P
B
R0.7P0
R0.9P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
1 GND
16 2 OUT-1
TO
3 S+3.2V VP-50 BOARD
For printed wiring boards 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 CN232
UPC6756GR-8JG-E2
4 C-RESET (THROUGH THE FP-170
GND
LIB1
LIA1
LO1
HI1
HO1
AM!
OUT1
Vref1
PASS
FLEXIBLE)
R154
• Refer to page 4-69 for parts location. IC150
5 S+3.2V
(SEE PAGE 4-53)
IC150
AE-022 0 6 OUT-2
• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat- (KEY (A)) H PITCH/YAW 7 GND
OUT2
CRST
Vref2
LIB2
LIA2
AM2
HO2
VCC
LO2
SENSOR AMP
HI2
terns of layers two and three have not been included C154
XX
C155
XX 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
FLASH UNIT CF-074 4V B
in the diagram. 1 4 1 4
R0.7P0
R0.9P0
R1.4P0
R1.4P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.3P0
R1.1P0
0
R2.9P0
(KEY (B))
• Chip parts CD-245 SE153
YAW
SENS. SE151
YAW
SENS.
XX R151
(CCD IMAGER) 22k
2 3 2 3
Transistor I R152
C156
0.015u
22k B
C C158 C160
0.015u 22u R155
B B.P 470k
R156 R159
10k 15k L150
10uH
B E C151 C153 C162
FU-139 0.022u
B
22u
4V
0.022u
B C164 C165
TA A
(DC IN) 0.01u 22u
J B 6.3V
There are few cases that the part printed on this

diagram isn’t mounted in this model.
Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager

• The CD-245 board mounted as a repair part is not equipped
with a CCD imager.
When replacing this board, remove the CCD imager from the
old one and mount it onto the new one.
• If the CCD imager has been replaced, carry out all the adjust-
ments for the camera section.
• As the CCD imager may be damaged by static electricity from
its structure, handle it carefully like for the MOS IC.
In addition, ensure that the receiver is not covered with dusts
nor exposed to strong light.
CCD IMAGER
CD-245 4-7 4-8
MVC-FD95
Schematic diagram and printed wiring board of the FC-72 board are not shown.
Pages from 4-9 to 4-30 are not shown.
MVC-FD95
PK-49 (AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
— Ref. No. PK-49 Board; 5,000 Series —
For printed wiring boards

• Refer to page 4-70 for parts location.
• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat-
terns of layers two and three have not been included
in the diagram.
• Chip parts
Transistor Diode
C 5 4 3
B E 1 23 2 1

PK-49
VF-143
(RGB DRIVE, TG)
(FLASH)
MA-379
(MIC IN)
VP-50
(VAP CONTROL)
FC-72
AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG

PK-49 4-31 4-32
MVC-FD95

4-33 4-34 PK-49
MVC-FD95
For schematic diagram

• Refer to page 4-31 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
PK-49 BOARD(1/4) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE

R :REC MODE
AV OUT/KEY IN(LK BLOCK) P :PB MODE
A -REF.NO.:5000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
SIGNAL PATH
CN701
R782
J781
VIDEO SIGNAL
50P 1k FB788 AUDIO
0uH
AV_JACK_IN 50 AUDIO CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
VIDEO_OUT 49 (MONO)
FB789 0uH VIDEO
VIDEO_GND 48 OUT REC
B AUDIO_OUT 47
R787
1k C781
FB790
0uH PB
XX
AUDIO_GND 46
REG_GND 45 C782 C783 FB791

XX
2 2 XX 2 0uH
LANC_SIG 44 D785
3 3 3 MA111-(K8).S0
XLANC_JACK_IN 43
1 1 1
LANC_DC 42
EXT_STB_ON 41 D786 D788

MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO FB787
REG_GND 40 D787 0uH LND783
C MOVE/XSTILL 39
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
FLAME_GND
XPOWER_LED 38 FLAME_GND
CHARGE LED(AMBER)
XBATT_CHG_LED 37 LND784
SHOCK SENS 36
D702 FP-176
KEY_AD2 35
TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
CN781 6P
FLEXIBLE
FB782 0uH
KEY_AD1 34 6 LANC_SIG
FB783 0uH LANC/
XSTROBE_LED 33 5 XLANC_JACK_IN EXT STROBE
FB784 0uH
A_4.9V 32 4 EXT_STB_ON
D PANEL_3.2V 31
R712
FB785
FB786
0uH
0uH
3 LANC_DC
PANEL_B-Y 30 270 2 JACK_GND

Note:JACK is mounted in FP-176
TO FLEXIBLE.
FC-72 BOARD XCAM/PB_SW 29 1 JACK_GND
CN801 1 1 1 1
(THROUGH THE PANEL_Y 28
FP-165 FREXIBLE) D784
XPWR_SW 27 3 3 3 3 MA111-(K8).S0
(SEE PAGE D782 2 D783 2 D789 2 D790 2 LND781
PANEL_R-Y 26
4-20) MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
FLAME_GND
EVER_3.2V 25 MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO FB781
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
MAKER_RECOG 24 PANEL_B-Y LND782
E 8 TO(3/4)
TLGU1002(TPX1,SONY)
TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
VG 23 PANEL_Y FLAME_GND
HSY 22 PANEL_R-Y PLAY MOVIE

POWER
PANEL_COM 21 MAKER_RECOG
D703
D701
11 TO(4/4) S703 S707 STILL S709
XCS_LCD_D/A 20 HSY
PANEL_V 19
PANEL_COM 13 TO(4/4)
HI_SO 18 R708 R714
680 680
HDO 17 HDO 16 TO(4/4) SB-C4241
XHI_SCK 16 PANEL_V FLASH LED(AMBER) R724
F PANEL_6.5V 15 POWER LED(GREEN)
10k
PANEL_-15.3V 14 HI_SO
D_3.2V 13 XCS_PANEL_D/A 15 TO(3/4)
C705
PANEL_13.2V 12 XHI_SCK 22u SE701
6.3V
PANEL_4.9V 11 C710
0.1 0.47u
10
S1A
1
BL_UNREG 10 PANEL_3.2V IC702 TRIP B
0.1 0.9 R713
17 TO(3/4) S1B TA6009FN(EL)
9
BL_UNREG 9 PANEL_6.5V AO 11k
R704 1.2
C706 XX
0.5 ± 0.5%
REG_GND GUARD
8
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 8 0.22u B BI
G 3.0
OUT
1.2
R715
7
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 7 BO 150k
R703 3.1
GND
5
6
FDD_GND 6 0 VCC
C711
FDD_P_5V 5 68p
CH S708
AU_SP+ 4 PANEL_3.2V S702 S704 S706
LND701 R716 LCD
R718
AU_SP- 3 PANEL_13.2V 1800 DISPLAY VOLUME (+) VOLUME (-) ON/OFF
2700
AU_SPON 2 PANEL_-15.3V 19 TO(4/4)
L702
47uH
2520
DUMMY
IC702 SHOCK
SENSOR
AMP R720 R722
AU_MIXOUT 1 PANEL_4.9V 4700 6800 R723
GURUPON SWITCH 33k
REG_GND
H CN702 2P D_3.2V 12 TO(3/4,4/4)
SB-N6355
SP + 2
SP901 COMMON
SPEAKER SP - 1 8
UP 1 7 SET
S701
PANEL_4.9V MENU
SP-149 C701 C707 C708
XX XX LEFT RIGHT
HARNESS BL_UNREG 2 TO(2/4) XX 10V B 2 6
B R709 R710
BL_GND XX XX
C702 COMMON 3
XX IC701 XX 5 DOWN
10V
I GND
10 11 12 13 14
1
VCC R706 4
C703 XX
R726 XX NC R711
2
NC S705
XX B XX R717
SPOUT-2 1800 COMMON
3
SP IN
R725 SPOUT-1
4
XX AUX (FLASH)
C704 XX B BIAS C709
5
AM XX
R702 XX
EVR R719 R721
6
SUSPEND
2700 4700
NC
7
NC R707
L701 XX
XX
J
16
R729 BT701
0
(LITHIUM BATTERY)
AV OUT/KEY IN
PK-49 (1/4) 4-35 4-36
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

BACK LIGHT(BL BLOCK) R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
Q856
FP102-TL R867
Q854 1800 T851
SWITCHING
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 1/10W
2012
SWITCHING 4.8
7.1 3
4 5
BL_UNREG L852 L853
6.6 2
L851 R857 5 22uH 100uH
4.7uH 1
22k 7.1 1
2520 1
B C852
2 R868
1800
2 6
22u R856 6.9 6.6 1/10W C864
16V 560 2012 0.015u 3
C853 3
TA B 0.22u 2012 CN851 10P
F C856 C859 4.6 4.6
R858 4 10 10 BL_HIGH
18p 27p 4 5
560 -0.4
CH CH C866
C861 3 1 9 N.C.
2 TO(1/4) C862 12p
33u Q860 3000V ND901
1u -0.4 8 N.C.
10V F FP216-TL SL BACK
TA B INVERTER 2 N.C. LIGHT
7
DRIVE
BL_GND 6 N.C.
C 5 N.C.
2
Q852 Q851,852 D852 Q861
BL-LEV XX 4 N.C.
UN9112J-(K8).SO UN9112J-(K8).SO
1
SWITCH R873
LED DRIVE 120 3 BL_LOW
4.9 4.9 4.9 0
PANEL_4.9V 2 LED D901
3
1
3
1 R860 C860 (STARTER)
R855 1 LED_GND
120k 10k XX
± 0.5% ± 0.5% R864
2
2
0 47k 4.8
LND851
D SHIELD_GND C858
0.01u
R859
4700
3.6
4.9
1.2
1.0
LND852 R869
100k
SHIELD_GND
LND853
1 2 3 4
IC851 R861
OUT
1800
VCC
UN9214J-(K8).SO
0
FB
1 ± 0.5%
IN
C857
SWITCHING
TL5001CD-E2
SHIELD_GND 0.022u
2 REG. D854
Q851
LND854 PG1112H-TR
C851
1.7
SHIELD_GND 0.01u (STARTER)

3
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
Q858
IC851
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
GND
DTC
SCP
RT
1.0
IC852
1 1 0.9 NJM2406F-TE2 D853
Q853 2 2 MA111-(K8).S0
8 7 6 5 1.4
Q857
UN9213J-(K8).SO 2 1
3
0.9
2.3
0.9
0
PROTECT
0.9
1 0.6 1 0 4.8
SWITCH
2
3 3
1 0.3
0.3
2 2 0.3 R871 C865 R872
1
0
2 R865 R866 22k 0.1u 470

0 R862 4.9
2.6 3300 4700 1500
± 0.5% R863 Q859
3 1500 3 UN9213J-(K8).SO
3
F Q855
SWITCH
R853 R854 C854 C855 C863 R870

6800 27k 2.2u 2.2u UN9213J-(K8).SO Q857,858 0.1u 6800
± 0.5% ± 0.5% 6.3V
TA A
F
2012 SWITCH
BL LEVEL
IC852
4 TO(3/4) BL_LEV
CURRENT
DETECT
Note : Note :
H 16 specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
BACK LIGHT
4-37 4-38 PK-49 (2/4)
MVC-FD95

• Refer to page 4-65 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
PK-49 BOARD(3/4) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE (Note)

R :REC MODE R817
RGB DRIVER(RGB BLOCK) P :PB MODE 5.6k:Type CA
12k :Type SH
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
COM_ADJ
AMP
FRPV
FRPT
BRT_R
BRT_B
PANEL_6.5V
C811 L802
R808 R812 R813 R817 10u 10uH C813
22k 47k 15k 10V 2520 0.1u
F
B R818
TA
BL_LEV
4
17 TO(1/4) BL_LEV TO(2/4)
L801 R809 R814 39k
100uH 12k 33k
2520 C812
10u
PANEL_3.2V 10V
IC801
C801 MB40D001PFV-G-BND-ER TA A
0.1u C807
F 47u 6.3V
C808 P_4.9V 5 TO(4/4)
2.9 0 0.1u
TA B
13
12
REG_GND VDD P_MUTE F
3.1 2.9
1.8
1.0
0.7
2.2
1.7
1.5
1.5
1.5
4.9
6.6
14
11
VCC BRT_TST
C802
C 0.1u H_REV 3.1 1.7 BL_LEV 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
15
10
F H_REV BL_LEVEL
COM_AMP
GAMMA2
GAMMA0
RGB_AMP
FRP
COM_FRP
OUT_LIM
VSH
VCC2
SUB_BRT_R
SUB_BRT_B
COM_BLK_LVL
V_REV 3.1 1.6 V-COM
16
9
V_REV V-COM
12 TO(1/4,4/4) D_3.2V NTSC 3.1 1.2 VCO
17
8
NTSC VCO
COMTST 0 1.2 COM_ADJ 6
18
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
7
COMTST COM_ADJ COM_BLK B_OUT VB
C806 2.9 2.5 C814
2.8 1.5 AMP 0.1u XTEST B_DC_DET 0.33u
19
1.9 B
6
XHI_SCK CLK RGB_AMP 1.9
BRIGHT 5 G_OUT
2.5 C815
VG
D
2.6 2.1 2.1
IC802
20
0.33u
5
HI_SO SI CONT CONTRAST G_DC_DET
15 TO(1/4) COM-O 3.2 1.9 B
1.7 BRT_B R803 COM_OUT LCD R_OUT VR
21
2.5
4
SO BRT_B 0 DRIVER C816
SUB_CON_B R_DC_DET COM-O
3.1 2.2 BRT_R IC802 4 1.9
0.33u
B COM-O
22
3
XCS_PANEL_D/A XEN BRT_R SUB_CON_R IR3Y37A4 GND1
2.9
2.9 1.1 COLOR VCC1 GND2 FRPV
23
7
2
VDDA COLOR FRPV TO(4/4)
1.9
OSD_B 2 SYNC_OUT FRPT
FRPT
24
1
VSS BRIGHT OSD_G SYNC_IN
2.9
0
OSD_R 1 3 EXT_BGP
2.9 COMTST
E IC801 BLACK_IN SYNC_SEP COMTST
Y/CR/XRGB_SW
NTSC
NTSC
I/O EXP IC803 V_REV
AGC_OUT
REG_OUT
R/R-Y/CR
H_FIL_IN
AGC_LVL
B/B-Y/CB
TC7SH32FU-TE85R
PICTURE
V_REV
AGC_FIL
(EVR)
COLOR
INB H_REV
H_FIL
0 VCC H_REV
G/Y
1
5
V-COM
0 4.9 V-COM
INA VCO
2
OUT 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 VCO
4
0
1.8
2.9
0.7
1.1
1.8
1.9
1.9
1.2
GND
F IC803
R805 C809
OR GATE R806 XX
XX XX R821
6.3V 10k
TA COLOR
C810
0.1u
R807 R819 R820
XX XX 100k
P_XHD
6 TO(4/4)
FB801 C803 W_MSK
0uH 0.01u
G 8
PANEL_Y FB802
0uH
C804
0.01u
TO(1/4) PANEL_R-Y FB803 C805
PANEL_B-Y
0uH 0.01u
SIGNAL PATH
16 -LCD type check- VIDEO SIGNAL
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
Pin 13 of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
of CN803(FC-72 board),the type of LCD can REC
be discrimimated.
PB
Type CA : 47k
Type SH : 4.7k
RGB DRIVER
PK-49 (3/4) 4-39 4-40
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
PK-49 BOARD(4/4) NO MARK:REC/PB MODE -LCD type check-

TG(TG BLOCK) R :REC MODE 10 By measurimg the resistor valve between
P :PB MODE
Pin 13 of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
IC902 of CN803(FC-72 board),the type of LCD can
Q901-904
COM AMP COM DRIVE be discrimimated.
VG
VB
VR
* R901 Type CA : 47k
5 TO(3/4) P_4.9V Type SH : 4.7k
L901
10uH
2520
PANEL_13.2V
PANEL_-15.3V
* R944
B L902
10uH R912 IC902
R936
100k 13.2 ± 0.5%
2.2
2520 680k C911 NJM062V(TE2)
R916 C909 560p
10k 0.1u CH Q903
1.6 13.2 2.2 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO * C914
8
OUT1 VCC+ 16V C917
R932 TA A * R945 * C915 * C919
1.7
1.7
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
L903 C907 0.1u
0.001u R919 1.5 1.7 100k ± 0.5% F
10uH OUT2 F
19 TO(1/4)
7
B 1M
1T369-01-T8A
2520 * R903 IN1-
Q902
PANEL_4.9V 1.5 -10.6
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
C916
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
IN2-
D902
6
IN1+ * R946 2.2u C918
0.4 13.2 ± 0.5% 2012 2.2u
* R966
* R967
* R968
* R969
* R970
* R971
* R972
* R973
* R974
* R975
* R976
R921 -10.6
1.7
IN2+ F 2012
Q904
REG_GND 68k VCC- F * R952
1.7
R941
Q901
L905
C * L904 R909
6.8uH 1.1 100k
* R947
± 0.5%
* R953
2520 XX R922 * R954
R929 C913
PANEL_3.2V 68k
1.1
4700 1u D903
C902 2012 MA8047-H-TX
* R917 B
* C901 3.3u -10.6
6.3V 20V C905 R933 R935 R942
TA A TA A 0.1u C908 R920 33k 100k 33k
F 82p R923 R928 * R950
R911 C906 22k 47k 4700
120k CH * R956
0.1u
PANEL_COM
D
COM-O
V-COM
VCO
C910
XX
CN901 24P
TG_24 * R957
24 VSH CLD
C904 TG_23 * R958
R918 23 VDD SPD
0.1u F 0 TG_22 * R959
12 TO(1/4,3/4) D_3.2V 22 VR CTR
R904 TG_21 * R960
47k 21 VB EX3
* R961
3.1
3.0
3.1
1.5
3.1
3.1
3.1
1.5
1.5
TG_20
PANEL_COM 20 VG EX2 LCD901
E 13 TO(1/4) PANEL_COM
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 19 VSS VB12
PANEL
LCD
TG_18
VB
7 * R939 18 MODE1 RES
P16
VSEPC
P15
MUT
PDP
GND
VDD
TST2
TST1
OSCI
OSCO
TESTO
VB * R962
VG 17 MCLK TST
VG TG_12
VR 16 HCNT VR
VR R905
15 CLR VG
V-COM 47k 2.7 TG_24 * R951
8 9
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
V-COM SYNI CLD 14 OE VB
COM-O 1.4 TG_23 * R949
COM-O SYNC SPD 13 SRTL GND
VCO R910 XX 3.1 2.6 TG_22 * R948
VCO WIDE CTR 12 SRTR VSH
F NTSC NTSC
PDPC
IC901 EX3
0
0
TG_21
TG_20
11 VBC COM
NTSC 3.1
NTPC1 EX2 10 VCOM VGL
COMTST 0.3 TIMING 0 * R963
7 TO(3/4) COMTST TESTI GENERETOR TESTO 9 MODE2 VSS
3.1 3.1 TG_18 TG_17
TEST * IC901 RES 8 RESET MO2
V_REV 0 TG_17
V_REV 3.1 TG_16
V_REV VREVC MODE2 7 GSRT MO1
H_REV * R913 3.1 0 TG_16 TG_15
H_REV TESTI MODE1 6 GPCK GPCK
H_REV 0 TG_15
* C903 3.1 TG_14
HREVC EX1 5 GRES SPS
FRPV COMTST 0.1 TG_14 * R964
0 TG_13
FRPV COMTST SPS 4 VREFL CLS
D901
G * R902
XX 3.1
LOWI CLS
2.8
0
TG_13
3 VGL VCC
FRPT 2 VREFH VSH

FRPT TG_12
1 VGH VGH
WIDOV
WIDOT
* R908 R940
*
BGPO
SYNO
BLKO
FRPV
FRPT
BLKI
GND
HSY
VSY
VIN
TYPE CA TYPE SH
HDO
16 TO(1/4) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
PANEL_V *MARKED : MOUNT TABLE
1.5
1.6
2.9
2.8
1.5
1.5
REF.NO TYPE SH TYPE CA REF.NO TYPE SH TYPE CA REF.NO TYPE SH TYPE CA

H C901 XX
10u R901 XX 0 R953 XX 0
P_XHD 6.3V
6 TO(3/4) R902 XX 0 R954 0 XX
W_MSK
0.1u 0.22u R903 0 XX R956 0 XX
C903 16V 10V
± 0.5%
* R927
* R934 B B R908 XX 0 R957 0 XX

* R925
± 0.5%
0
6.8u R913 100k 82k R958 0 XX
C914 XX
16V
R917 1M XX R959 0 XX
C912 R925 68k 47k
82p R930 * R931 0.01u R960 0 XX
0 C915 25V XX
* R977 CH B R927 33k 39k R961 0 XX
I 11 TO(1/4)
MAKER_RECOG
C919 XX
0.1u
25V
R931 XX 0 R962 XX 0
FRPV
FRPT
F R934 0 XX R963 XX 0
HSY
R939 XX 0 R964 0 XX
IC901 LZ9GH234 CM7018L3-T4
R940 XX 0 R966 XX 100k
10uH R944 33k XX R967 XX 0

L904 XX +10%
SIGNAL PATH R945
R946
22k
33k
0
XX
R968
R969
0
0
XX
XX
VIDEO SIGNAL R947 22k XX R970 XX 0
J CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
R948 XX 0 R971 47 XX
R949 XX 0 R972 47 XX
REC R950 XX 0 R973 47 XX
16 R951 XX 0 R974 XX 47
PB
R952 0 XX R975 XX 47
R976 XX 47
R977 4700 47k
TG
4-41 4-42 PK-49 (4/4)
MVC-FD95
VF-143 (RGB DRIVE, TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD (Suffix No. -11)
— Ref. No. VF-143 Board; 4,000 Series —

• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-
terns of layers two to five have not been included in
the diagram.
• Chip parts
Transistor Diode
C 6 54 3 6 54
B E 1 23 2 1 1 23

PK-49
VF-143
(RGB DRIVE, TG)
MA-379
(MIC IN)
VP-50
(VAP CONTROL)
FC-72
RGB DRIVE, TG
VF-143 4-43 4-44
MVC-FD95
VF-143 (RGB DRIVE, TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD (Suffix No. -12)
— Ref. No. VF-143 Board; 4,000 Series —

• This board is six-layer print board. However, the pat-
terns of layers two to five have not been included in
the diagram.
• Chip parts
Transistor Diode
C 6 54 3 6 54
B E 1 23 2 1 1 23

Suffix No.-12
VF-143
RGB DRIVE, TG
4-45 4-46 VF-143
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
VF-143 BOARD(1/2)
RGB DRIVE(VF1 BLOCK)
XHD
SBLK
A
FRP
SBR
SBB
GAM
CONT
PIC
BRT
-REF.NO.:6000 SERIES- R517 SHA
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 39k
SHR SHA
SHR
B_LIMIT
R513 R516 R525 R527 SHB
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R511 R518 R520
XX 68k 39k XX XX SHB
68k 47k SHG
R :REC MODE
SHG
P :PB MODE FRP 1 TO(2/2)
R512 R514 R519 R521 FRP
XX 33k 33k 39k XHD
R528 XHD
XX XVD
R503 XVD
Q501 10 SBLK
B CPT-182S-C-TSL-CD 1/8W
D501 R507
33k
3.1
1.9
CL-200IR-X-TSL-BC C518 SBLK
3216 0.01u
EYE SENSOR (EYE SENSOR LED) C506
B
1.2
1.0
2.0
1.8
1.7
1.5
0.9
0.1u
0
C517
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
R508 6 2.2u
20V
TA A
N.C.
N.C.
GAMMA2
GAMMA1
WHITE LIMIT
FRP
RGB BLK
BLACK LIMIT
VREF
VCC2
SUB BRT R
SUB BRT B
14.6
33k
7.3
R509
XX EVF_12.0V 2 TO(2/2)
7.3 R526 100
R533
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
B OUT
2SD1622-ST-TD
Q502 N.C. B
18k 1.8 C514
2SC5376F-B(TPL3) 4.7u
N.C. B DC DET
LED DRIVE
7
Q503
C502 C505 0.6 7.3 R523 100 B
IC501
C 0.01u DETECT 4.7u
XX BRIGHT G OUT G 3 TO(2/2)
1.9
1.6
B 10V 1.4 1.8 C515
22k
7.8
B CONTRAST G DC DET 4.7u
IC502 5 R524 100 B
R
8
A_OUT VCC 7.3
0.3
N.C. R OUT COM
R501
LCD DRIVER 1.8 C516

A_IN SUB CONT B R DC DET 4.7u
IC503
7
C501 (-) B EVR
R504 B_OUT
L501
10uH
10u
6.3V
2.0 100k A_IN B_IN 3.0
SUB CONT R IC502
CXA8115AR-T4 4 GND1
C519
(D/A CONVERTER)
6
22k
C504 (+) (-) 2.2u
0.2
R531 VCC1 GND2 IC503
0.01u 0.8 7.0 F M62376GP-65AD L504
B_IN 0 SHA 10uH C520
SHA BUF OUT
5
GND 0.01u
R502
(+) 3.0 R530 39k

SHB
1 2
7.0 BRT 0.7 B
R532 0
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
SHB BUF IN GND
1
BRT
SHG 0.8 CLR 1.2 3.0
C503
D C522 SHG EXT BGP VDD_A
2
10u COLOR
R534 22k
XCS
AGC FILTER
IC504 0.8
AGC LEVEL
16V XX SHR 2.7 SBR 2.1
SHR C513
AGC OUT
TA75S01F(TE85R) N.C.
PICTURE
XCS
B/B-Y/Cb
3
R/R-Y/Cr
TA SUB_BRT_R
3.2
COLOR
R505 4.7u SBB 1.3
XRGB
L502 3216 SO
4
SUB_BRT_B
N.C.
N.C.
N.C.
IN(+) 56 SI
G/Y
B C521
1
5
SENSOR_GND 27 10uH C507 CONT 1.4 2.5
VCC 1/10W SI 10u
5
2.0 3.1 47u CONTRAST
VEE XSCK 6.3V
2
SENSOR_GND 26 6.3V R522 R529 B_LIMIT 0.9

XSCK
6
TA B 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1M XX BLACK_LIMIT
IN(-)
IC504
3
EVF_SENS 25 4 GAM 1.0 2.8

OUT XLOOK_ON
7
2.0 1.6
3.0
1.0
1.2
2.0
2.0
GAMMA_1
2.0
BL_UNREG 24 CLR 1.5 0
ADJ
8
DETECT AGC VCO ADJ
SENS_LED_ON 23 C508 2.3 0
XNTSC
9
0.01u L503 INV_CURRENT XNTSC
SENSOR_GND 22 R515 C509 C512 0 4 TO(2/2)
B 22uH 470k XX
E
12 11 10
XHD 0.01u LOOK_LEVEL WIDE WIDE
EVF_XHD 21
B C510
0.01u
B C511
B
3 PIC 0
PICTURE VCC_D
3.1
VCO
EVF_B-Y 20 0.01u AGC 0
AGC_LEVEL VDD
EVF_Y 19 B
3.0
EVF_R-Y 18 VXO
XVD 5 TO(2/2)
EVF_XVD 17 INV_CURRENT
TO GND 16 EVF_GND
FC-72 BOARD
CN802 GND 15
(THROUGH THE
FP-173 FLEXIBLE) D_3.2V 14
F (SEE PAGE EVF_3.1V 13 EVF_3.1V
6 TO(2/2)
R506
4-20) EVF_3.1V 12 XX
EVF_12.0V 11 Q504
XX
EVF_12.0V 10 EVF_BL_4.75V
EVF_VG 9 EVF_BL_GND
R510 0
VCO 8
EVF_BL_4.75V 7
EVF_BL_4.75V 6
G EVF_BL_GND 5 SIGNAL PATH
EVF_BL_GND 4
XCS_EVF_EVR 3
XCS VIDEO SIGNAL
SI
DATA_FROM_HI 2
XSCK
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
XHI_SCK 1
CN501 27P
REC
PB
H
16
RGB DRIVE
VF-143 (1/2) 4-47 4-48
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
VF-143 BOARD(2/2)
TIMING GENERATOR,EVF LCD,BACK LIGHT
A (VF2 BLOCK)
-REF.NO.:6000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
P :PB MODE T601
C625
0.01u R636
B L605 1 10
EVF_GND 33k
10uH
B EVF_BL_4.75V
L604 1
2
4.8
47uH Q605
FX216-TL1
2
6 TO(1/2) 3
1.3 6
3 ND601
EVF_BL_GND
5
4
4
C626
EVF_3.1V R628 D603 47u
1k 10V 5 6
CL-170PG-CD-T
4.1 TA C630
4.9 (STARTER) 2200p
C
2 TO(1/2) EVF_12.0V 630V
C L601
220uH
Q604
XP4501-TXE
DETECT
6 3
0
C628
4.7u
3225 2 5 F LND601
0.4 BACK_GND
1 4
0
1 LND602
Q602 R626 R630 R637
R629
UN9113J-(K8).SO 10k 470 22k 100 2 BACK_GND
SW 3
D604
IC604
HD
SHR
SHG
XHD
VCO
SHB
SHA
1SS370(TE85L)
FRP
XVD
ADJ
XVD 4.9
XVD
HD
SHA NOR
R638
D SHA
SHR
SHR
0 0 36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
CN601 16P
C629
HD
XCLP
SH3
SH2
SH1
VSS
SH4
FLDO
FRP
XHD
LCX024<H>/005<L>
VD
C627
2.9
0.8
0.8
3.0
0.8
1.5
2.7
3.0
SHB XX 2.2u 1 EVF_12.0V
SHB 4.8 F
1 TO(1/2) SHG 2 EVF_GND
SHG 3.0 D601 C618
UN9213J-(K8).SO
FRP MA6S121-(TX) 3300p R627 3 VST

FRP
XHD R611 1 6 B 1k
0 9 1.5 4 VCK
Q603
C619
SW
22k
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
XHD 2 5 C616 R621 SLYT HCK1
SBLK 10k 100p 1.5 5 STB
4.7u CH
SBLK C612 3 4 B HP4 HCK2
ADJ R607 1u 1.6 0 6 ENB
ADJ 47k B RPD HST1
XNTSC C608
E XNTSC
WIDE
0.1u
L603
VSS
1.2
IC603 VCK1
1.5
7
8
DWN
RGT EVF LCD

4 TO(1/2) WIDE C605
6.8u R604
R614
470k
R620
R624
3.9uH CKO
1.4
10 LCD TIMING GENERATOR VCK2
3.0
8 7 6 5
9 HST
LCD902
C613 33k
1Y
2B
2A
20V 47k CKI IC603 VDD
1M
3.0
2.8
3.0
3.0
VCO B ± 0.5% 0.01u 3.0 CXD2458AR-T4 0 10 HCK2
B VDD VST
VCO TA
C620 NTSC(11.06MHz) 3.0 11 HCK1
TST4 EN
0.001u
11
1A
1B
2Y
0
R608 R615 B 2.9 PAL (10.97MHz) 0.2 12 BLK
56k 27k C617 XVD CLR
0.01u 1 2 3 4 13 B
C624
0.33u
INV_CURRENT B HP1 STBY
F
5 TO(1/2) D602 0.2 14 R
1T369-01-T8A IC604
VXO HP2 HST2
LCX027<H>/009<L>
TC7W02FU(TE12R) 15 G
F
PAL<H>/NTSC<L>
R602 R619 HP3 SLFR
024<H>/027<L>
16:9<H>/4:3<L>
XX R622 16 COM
180k
R605
R616 56k
68k
± 0.5% 150k
C610 R634
0.022u R632 XX
XCLR
*
SBLK
TST0
TST1
TST2
8
RGT
VSS
BLK
B
3.0
3.0
0
0
R635
R633
*
XX
L602 R631 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
47uH XX
14.6
14.6
1.3
0.5
0.4
0.7
0.7
XNTSC
C621 C623
WIDE
SBLK
C622
10u 0.33u *MARKED : MOUNT TABLE
G 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9
6.3V
0.01u
B F Suffix No. Suffix No.
MB3789PFV-G-BND-ER
REF.NO
GND VCC2 CB -11 -12
OUT
R632 0 XX
IC601 IC602
TA75S558F(TE85R)
R633 0 XX
DC/AC CONVERTER 14.6 9.1
5 4
R625
IC601
R617
OSC SCP 100k
VCC 2.5V 270k
H 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 2 3 SIGNAL PATH
2.9 2.9
VIDEO SIGNAL
4.8
2.5
0.6
0.1
1.2
2.5
1.8
2.5
R618 R623
33k 47k
CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
C604
C601 0.1u
0.22u B
R610 C614 REC
B 1200 150p
1.2
C611
0.022u
CH
R612 IC602 PB
B 330k
AMP
C607
I
XX
1.2
R606 R609
270k 10k
Q601 Note : Note :
RN2105-TE85L
DISCHARGE
C602 C603
0.01u 10u
R601 R603 C606 C609 R613 C615 The components identified by Les composants identifiés par
68k 56k 2200p 4.7u 180k 0.01u
SW B 6.3V B B B mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
B 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
R Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une
3 TO(1/2)
G specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
J COM
16
TG
4-49 4-50 VF-143 (2/2)
MVC-FD95
VP-50 (VAP CONTROL) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. VP-50 Board; 3,000 Series —

in the diagram.
• Chip parts
Transistor Diode
C 3
B E 2 1

PK-49
VF-143
(RGB DRIVE, TG)
MA-379
(MIC IN)
VP-50
(VAP CONTROL)
FC-72
VAP CONTROL
VP-50 4-51 4-52
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
VP-50 BOARD IC206 IC207 L207

INV. INV. 10uH
A VAP CONTROL C225

R252 R253
0.022u R238 47k 47k
22k C235 C237
-REF.NO.:3000 SERIES- B 0.01u 4.7u
B 6.3V
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
R239
TC7SET04FU(TE85R)
3.0 3.0
TC7SET04FU(TE85R)
22k C224
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE R229
0.047u
C217 R233 B
R :REC MODE XX XX 3 2 1 3 2 1
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
100k
± 0.5% B
IC207
P :PB MODE ± 0.5%
IC206
R240 C227 R256 CN236 16P
22k 3300p 47k
R201 R218 R231 R235 0 0 48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 16 FORCUS_B
100k B
1k 3300 220k C236
± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5% 4 5 4 5 15 FORCUS_A
SYS V
P PWM
Y PWM
STBY
A VDD
AV REF
0.01u
R258 0
R4.7/P0
B
R4.7/P0
C222
B R204 C210
C218
XX
R237 XX XX B
C228
10u 10V
R259 0
14 VAP_LOCK_SENS
1k 13 VAP_LOCK_ON
R217 0.47u TA A
± 0.5% R214 15k B
100k R257 12 D+3.2V
Q209 1k
C208 R227 2SB1218A-QRS-TX
64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
0.001u 47k 4.9V SW A VSS 11 REG_GND
± 0.5% 3.0 TO
B
FC-72 BOARD
R2.2/
VAP SCK 10 CAM SCK
R2.9/
L204 3.0 CN182
P0
R4.7/
P0
4.9
R2.3/
P0
IC202 R3.7/
P0
8 7 6 5
P0 100uH VAP SO
VAP SI
0.1
9
8
CAM_SO
CAM_SI
(THROUGH THE
FP-169 FLEXIBLE)
NJM3414AV(TE2)
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 3.0
P DRIVE (SEE PAGE
4.7u 4V
VCC
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
R4.2/P4.9 VAP CS 7 VAP CS
TA A
C214
4-12)
C204
IC209 3.0
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
VCC
IN1+
IN1-
OUT1
OUT4
0
IN4-
0
IN4+
GND
IN3+
R2.3/P0
IN3-
R2.3/P0
OUT3
R2.3/P0
R4.0/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
R4.7/P0
0
IC202
C 0.068u
B
R251 VAP RESET 6 VAP RESET
OUT1
47k
NJM3403AV(TE2)
R248 R255
IN1+
NJM324V(TE2)
5 A+4.9V
GND
GND
IN1-
10k 3.0 STEADY SHOT 1M
CN231 13P
IC204
CONTROL
2 1.4
UN9213J-(K8).SO
C201 R0/P4.1 Vpp(NC) EXTAL 1 3 4 CAM DD ON
IC205
IC204
Y DRIVE A 13 2.2u 6.3V 1 2 3 4 3.0 IC209
TA A
IC205 VDD CXP81120-047R-T6 XTAL 3 VAP_P_5V
Q210
R254
R1.7/
R2.3/
R2.3/
Y DRIVE B 12 BUFFER 1.5 2
SW
270 X201 2 VAP_GND
GND(VSS) MP
P0
P0
P0
R4.0/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
R3.1/P0
± 0.5%
12MHz
R228
Y DUMP A 11
47k
AMP
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
R4.7/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
10u 6.3V
1 SYS_V
TA A
OUT3
OUT4
C215
OUT1
OUT2
R210
IC210
IN3+
IN4+
IN1+
IN2+
Y DUMP B 10
GND
R215
IN3-
IN4-
IN1-
IN2-
VCC
R209 10k 10k
0
P OUT 9 1k ± 0.5% ± 0.5%
± 0.5%
INV.
TEMP OUT 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
FP-168 C231 IC210
D
1.5
ACTIVE 10u TC7S04FU(TE85R)
PRISM GND 7 10V
ACTUATOR FLEXIBLE 6 3 2 1
Y OUT
C219 C223
R3.1/
A+4.9V 5 R236
UN9213J-(K8).SO
C202 XX XX XX C229
1.5
3.0
P0
2.2u 6.3V 3300p
P DUMP B 4
VAP LOCK-
TA A B
SOUT
HSTX
R213 R232 R243
VM LOCK
Q206
C-RESET
SCK
SW
SIN
P DUMP A 3 3300 220k 100k 4 5
VAP CS
± 0.5% ± 0.5% ± 0.5%
UN9213J-(K8).SO
VAP
VAP
VAP
VAP
0.1
0.1
0.1
0.1
P DRIVE B 2
R0/P3.0
R3.1/P0
Q211
P DRIVE A 1 C226
R241 C238
SW
R206 22k 0.047u 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 0.1u
100k C209 B
0.47u C220 B
R211
R245
E
10k
B XX 3.0 0.1
0.001u B
15k
R0P4.9
B FB201
R2.3/P3.0
R242 C230 R249
C206
R230 R234 22k 0.022u 1k

XX 100k B
R3.7/P0
R246
± 0.5%
47k
± 0.5%
R250 10k
R244 22k
IC201 R2.3/
P0 Q205
3.0
2SB1218A-QRS-TX R4.2/
NJM3414AV(TE2)
8 7 6 5 P4.9
Y DRIVE 3.2V SW L205 L206
4.9
VCC
OUT2
IN2-
IN2+
R2.9/P0.8 R3.8/ 10uH 10uH

R2.9/P0
R1.9/P0
IC201
P0
L201 Q208
OUT1
10uH 2SA1588-OY-TE85L
IN1+
GND
IN1-
F R203
1 2 3 4
± 5% 5V SW
1k
± 0.5%
R1.7/P0
R2.3/P0
R2.3/P0
C211
10u
10V C234
TA A 0.1u B
C203 R205 R207 C232
0.068u 10k 10k 4.7u
B ± 0.5% ± 0.5% R247 10V
22k
CN232 7P
G GND 7
R264
R260
0uH
0uH
(Note)
(Note)
C233
0.001u
B
OUT-2 6
4.9
4.9
0.1
0.1
0.1
3.0
0.1
TO R261 0uH (Note)
CD-245 BOARD S+3.2V 5
R262 0uH (Note)
MB88102PFV-G-BND-ER
CN102
(THROUGH THE C-RESET 4 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
FP-170 FLEXIBLE)
S+3.2V 3 0
NC
GND
HSTX
CI
CSX
VCC
DO
VSS
AVRH
AVRH
R263 0uH (Note)
(SEE PAGE OUT-1 2 3.0
IC208
4-8)
IC208
R1.4/P0
GND 1 R212 10k
TCLKX
P OUT
Y OUT
TEMP
DET
AN7
AN8
CLK
0.1
Q207
PS
YS
A/D
H UN9213J-(K8).SO
INV.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CONV.
Q201 R219 R1.3/

R220 1.5
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
PROTECT
2.2
IC203 100k
1608
P0
VAP-LOCK
R4.8/ MOTOR DRIVE
P0
R4.8/ IC203
LB1830M-TLM Q203
P0 R4.0/ R4.8/ 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO
R202 C205 P0 P0
0.1u B C207 3.0 5V SW
1k R4.8/
10
1u B
1
CN235 5P 1608 1608 VCC IN2 CN234 6P

1608 P0 0 R4.8/P0 4.9
2
SENS OUT 1 OUT2 IN1 6 D3.2V

I L202
47k
R225 1
R4.8/
3
SENS IN 2 GND VM 10uH 0 5 FOCUS_B

R224
R221 2520 FP-177
P0
R4.0/P0 0
VAP-LOCK 47k
4
LOCK + 3 OUT1 VREF 4 FOCUS_A

MOTOR R216 R2.4/P0 1608 R4.2/P4.9 MF
4700
FLEXIBLE
5
LOCK - 4 VS VCONT R0/P4.9 3 GND

1608 R223
NC 5 10k R3.1/P0 2 NC
R4.7/
Q202 1608
P0
2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO 1 NC
PROTECT R226
XX
R222 C212 C213 Q204 R265 LND201

47k 0.1u 4.7u UN9213J-(K8).SO 0
J 1608 B
1608
10V
TA A
SW STATIC GND
LND202
D201
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
STATIC GND
Note:Inductors are mounted to the location
16 where R260,R261,R262,R263,R264 are printed.
VAP CONTROL
4-53 4-54 VP-50
MVC-FD95
AE-022 (KEY (A)) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. AE-022 Board; 7,000 Series —
1 2 3 4
AE-022 BOARD SPOT METER

KEY (A) S351
A -REF.NO.: 7000 SERIES-
R351
XX MARK:NO MOUNT 33k
S352
R352
6800
B WHITE BALANCE
S353
R353
4700
PROGRAM AE
S354
R354
C 2700
PROGRAM AE
-
S355
R355
1800
CN351 5P PROGRAM AE
+
KEY_AD4 1
S356
D TO
MA-379 BOARD CN306
KEY_AD4
N.C
2
3
(THROUGH THE FP-174
FLEXIBLE)
REG_GND 4
(SEE PAGE 4-60)
REG_GND 5
D351
XX
LND351
FRAME_GND
E LND352
FRAME_GND
For printed wiring boards 16

• Refer to page 4-71 for parts location. AE-022
• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat- (KEY (A))
FLASH UNIT CF-074
in the diagram. (KEY (B))
CD-245
There are few cases that the part printed on this (CCD IMAGER)
FU-139
(DC IN)
KEY (A)
AE-022 4-55 4-56
MVC-FD95
CF-074 (KEY (B)) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. CF-074 Board; 7,000 Series —
1 2 3 4 5
CF-074 BOARD
KEY (B)
A -REF.NO.: 7000 SERIES-
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
R401
33k
1608
1
2
3
4 6
S401
B 5 7
S402
FOCU MANUAL CN401 6P

AUTO
(MACRO)
1 KEY_AD0
TO
2 REG_GND FC-72 BOARD
CN401
3 KEY_AD3 (THROUGH THE FP-172
1
2
3
FLEXIBLE)
4 6 4 FOCUS_A
C 5 7
5
6
FOCUS_B
REG_GND
(SEE PAGE 4-21)
S403
STEADY
SHOT
D402 D401
XX XX
ON OFF
LND401
FDD_REG_GND
D LND402
FDD_REG_GND
16

FLASH UNIT CF-074
CD-245
There are few cases that the part printed on this (CCD IMAGER)
FU-139
(DC IN)
KEY (B)
4-57 4-58 CF-074
MVC-FD95
MA-379 (MIC IN) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. MA-379 Board; 8,000 Series —
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
MA-379 BOARD
MIC AMP
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK(ZOOM BLOCK 360)
R :REC MODE
CONTROL SWITCH BLOCK is replaced as a block.
P :PB MODE (ZOOM BLOCK 360) So that this PRINTED WIRING BOARD is omitted.
S001
(1st)
(FREEZE)1st
B XRS_ON1
XRS_ON2
1
2
(2nd) (SHUTTER)2nd
UNREG_GND 3
D_3.2V 4 RV001
ZOOM
ZOOM_SW_AD 5
T
UNREG_GND 6
C
C302
C304 XX R302 R304 CN305 2P
0.1u B MIC
180 1.2k
F
CN303 6P 1 MIC SIG
UNREG_GND 1 2 MIC GND
C307 C301
ZOOM_SW_AD 2 33u XX (L9665) MIC901
4V B
D_3.2V 3
UNREG_GND 4
R301

D XRS_ON2
XRS_ON1
5 820
6 C303
PK-49 R303
• Refer to page 4-72 for parts location. (AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG) 100 1u
B
• This board is four-layer print board. However, the pat- CN306 5P
2.3
0.6
1.3
terns of layers two and three have not been included VF-143
(RGB DRIVE, TG)
TO
AE-022 BOARD REG_GND 1
in the diagram. CN351

(THROUGH
REG_GND 2 1 2 3 4
THE FP-174 N.C 3
GND
FLEXIBLE)
+Vin
MIC V+
EXT MIC V+
MA-379
NJM2118V-TE2
KEY_AD4 4
There are few cases that the part printed on this (MIC IN) E (SEE PAGE
4-56) KEY_AD4 5
diagram isn’t mounted in this model. VP-50
(VAP CONTROL)
C306
0.1u IC301
25V
F MIC AMP
CN301 10P
AMP OUT
AMP NFB
IC301
KEY_AD4 1
-Vin
SIGNAL PATH
V+
REG_GND 2
XRS_ON1 3
TO 8 7 6 5
FC-72 BOARD XRS_ON2 4 R305
XX
AUDIO
CN402 SIGNAL
F
0
4.9
1.3
1.3
ZOOM_SW_AD 5
(THROUGH
FC-72 THE FP-171 D_3.2V 6
CAMERA PROCESSOR, FOCUS/ZOOM MOTOR FLEXIBLE) REC
MIC_GND 7 R306
DRIVE, MC CAM, SH DSP, FDD CONTROL, (SEE PAGE 0
VIDEO AMP, HI CONTROL, AUDIO AMP, 4-22) MIC_SIG 8 PB
DC/DC CONVERTER, CAMERA DSP MIC_GND 9
C305
1u
B
A_4.9V 10
L301
10uH
2520
G
16
MIC IN
MA-379 4-59 4-60
MVC-FD95
FU-139 (DC IN) PRINTED WIRING BOARD

— Ref. No. FU-139 Board; 4,000 Series —

FLASH UNIT CF-074
• Chip parts CD-245
(CCD IMAGER)
Transistor Diode
C 3
B E 2 1 FU-139
(DC IN)

DC IN
4-61 4-62 FU-139
MVC-FD95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
FU-139 BOARD NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
R :REC MODE
DC IN P :PB MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
CN003 5P
C002
XX 1 BATT_SIG TO
B FC-72 BOARD
2 BATT/XEXT CN002
CN001 3P LF001
3 FAST_CHARGE_ON (THROUGH THE
J901 ACV_UNREG 1 FU-54 HARNESS)
4 INIT_CHARGE_ON
DC IN ACV_GND 2
R020
10
(SEE PAGE
1/8W R004 5 DC_PACK_SW 4-25)
B BATT/XEXT 3 1k
8.4
C003 R001
FB001 XX 1k
B 8.4
Q001
R009 TPC8305(TE12L) Q002
XX R008 SW 8.0 0 2SB1122-ST-TD
LND001
0
2G CHARGE SW
STATIC_GND
8.4
8.2
R002 S D002 R005 R019
D003 470k 1 1SS357-TPH3 6800 47k
LND002 7
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO 8D
STATIC_GND 8.4 CN004 12P
5
6D 0 12 REG_GND
D006 3
8.2
XX
C S
0
11 REG_GND
4 Q003
G 10 REG_GND
UN9213J-(K8).SO
8.0
CN002 4P D004 D001 CHARGE SW 1.4A/32V 9 REG_GND
F004 TO
XX MA8120-TX
BATT_UNREG 1 8 BATT_UNREG FC-72 BOARD
C001 CN001
BATT_SIG 2 0.022u 1.4A/32V 7 UNREG4 (BL/STP) (THROUGH THE
FB002 F003
BT901
BATTERY S BATT_GND 3
FB003
B
6 UNREG4
FU-53 HARNESS)
(SEE PAGE
TERMINAL DC_PACK_SW 4 5 UNREG3(TRANS 4.9V)
F002 1.4A/32V
8.0 R021
4-25)
4 UNREG3
R006 0 0
0 1M
D F001 1.4A/32V 3 UNREG2 (FDD_P_5V)
Q004 2 UNREG2 (FLASH)

2.9
SSM3K03FE(TPL3)
1 UNREG1(3.2/1.8/HI)
SW
F005 1.4A/32V
Q005
SSM3K03FE(TPL3)
DC PACK
SW
Note : Note :
E mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
16 Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une
specified. pièce portant le numéro spécifié.
DC IN
FU-139 4-63 4-64
4-3. WAVEFORMS
CD-245 BOARD PK-49 BOARD

REC/PB REC/PB
1 IC101 1,3 1 IC802 8 9 IC901 wh
3.475µsec
7.5Vp-p 450mVp-p
100µsec H 3.4Vp-p
86nsec
2 IC101 2 2 IC802 9 0 IC902 7
24.0Vp-p
33.3msec 6.0Vp-p
350mVp-p 127µsec
H
3 IC101 4,6 3 IC802 q;
7.5Vp-p
3.475µsec 100µsec 200mVp-p
H
4 IC101 5 4 IC802 w;
24.0Vp-p
33.3msec 3.9Vp-p
2H
5 IC101 8 5 IC802 ws
1.0Vp-p
33.3msec 3.9Vp-p
2H
6 IC101 qf 6 IC802 wf
3.7Vp-p
54nsec
3.9Vp-p
2H
7 IC101 qg,qh 7 IC901 ej
3.1Vp-p
3.6Vp-p H
54nsec
8 IC901 ef
3.4Vp-p
V
WAVEFORMS
4-65 CD-245, PK-49
VF-143 BOARD VP-50 BOARD
REC/PB REC/PB
1 IC502 8 9 IC603 wj 1 IC208 0
440mVp-p 3.1Vp-p
H
H 3.9Vp-p
83.3nsec
2 IC502 9 q; IC603 ra 2 IC209 wg
350mVp-p 3.0Vp-p
H 1.9Vp-p
60.3nsec 83.3nsec
3 IC502 0 qa IC603 rg
3.1Vp-p
190mVp-p V
H
4 IC502 w;
8.4Vp-p
2H
5 IC502 ws
8.4Vp-p
2H
6 IC502 wf
2H 8.4Vp-p
7 IC502 wl
3.1Vp-p
127µsec
8 IC601 qg
14.0Vp-p
H
WAVEFORMS
VF-143, VP-50 4-66
Waveforms and parts location of the FC- 4-4. PARTS LOCATION
72 board are not shown. CD-245 BOARD (SIDE A) CD-245 BOARD (SIDE B)
Pages from 4-67 to 4-68 are not shown. C160 C-3 C101 A-7
C161 C-2 C102 A-6
C165 C-3 C103 A-5
C104 A-6
D101 A-3 C105 A-5
C106 A-6
L150 B-3 C107 B-6
C108 A-6
R111 A-3 C109 B-7
R112 A-3 C110 B-7
C111 A-6
C150 C-7
C151 C-6
C152 C-6
C153 C-6
C154 C-6
C155 C-7
C156 C-7
C157 C-7
C158 C-7
C159 C-7
C162 B-6
C163 B-7
C164 B-7
CN101 A-5
CN102 B-5
IC101 B-6
IC150 B-7
L101 A-6
Q101 A-6
Q102 B-6
R101 B-5
R102 A-5
R103 A-5
R104 A-5
R105 A-5
R106 A-6
R107 A-6
R108 B-7
R109 B-7
R110 A-6
R150 C-7
R151 C-6
R152 C-6
R153 C-7
R154 C-6
R155 B-6
R156 B-6
R157 B-7
R158 B-7
R159 B-6
R160 B-7
SE150 C-6
SE151 C-6
PARTS LOCATION
4-69 CD-245
PK-49 BOARD (SIDE A) PK-49 BOARD (SIDE B) VF-143 BOARD (SIDE A) VF-143 BOARD (SIDE B)
C803 D-4 R708 B-2 BT701 B-6 R715 B-5
(Suffix No. -11) (Suffix No. -11)
C804 D-4 R712 A-3 R725 B-1 C501 E-3 Q501 D-3 C520 E-6 R506 E-7
C805 D-4 R714 A-3 C701 B-2 R726 B-1 C502 E-3 Q502 E-3 C521 E-6 R510 E-7
C806 D-4 R716 A-6 C702 B-3 R805 D-4 C503 C-2 Q503 D-3 C523 E-7 R532 E-7
C807 D-4 R717 A-6 C703 B-2 R806 D-4 C504 C-3 C601 E-6 R601 E-6
C808 D-4 R718 A-6 C704 B-2 R808 E-4 C505 D-3 R501 E-3 C602 D-6 R602 D-5
C809 D-4 R719 A-6 C705 A-5 R809 E-4 C506 E-2 R502 E-3 C603 E-6 R603 E-6
C810 D-4 R720 C-1 C706 A-5 R812 E-4 C507 E-1 R503 D-3 C604 D-5 R604 D-5
C811 E-5 R721 A-2 C707 A-2 R813 E-4 C508 E-2 R504 E-3 C605 D-6 R605 D-5
C812 E-5 R722 D-1 C708 A-2 R814 E-4 C509 D-1 R505 D-3 C606 E-5 R606 D-5
C813 E-4 R723 D-1 C709 A-2 R817 E-4 C510 D-1 R507 E-2 C607 E-5 R607 D-5
C852 E-3 R724 G-6 C710 B-5 R818 E-4 C511 D-1 R508 E-2 C608 D-5 R608 D-5
C853 E-3 R729 B-7 C711 B-5 R821 E-4 C512 D-1 R509 E-2 C609 E-5 R609 E-5
C854 E-3 R782 C-2 C781 C-6 R853 E-5 C513 C-2 R511 E-2 C610 D-5 R610 D-5
C856 E-3 R787 C-1 C782 C-6 R854 E-5 C514 D-2 R512 E-2 C611 D-5 R611 C-6
C857 D-3 R803 E-4 C783 C-7 R864 E-5 C515 C-2 R513 D-2 C612 C-5 R612 E-5
C858 D-3 R807 D-4 C801 D-2 R867 E-6 C516 C-2 R514 D-2 C613 D-5 R613 E-5
C859 E-3 R819 D-4 C802 D-2 R868 E-6 C517 C-3 R515 D-2 C614 D-5 R614 C-5
C860 D-3 R855 D-3 C814 E-3 R869 D-5 C518 D-2 R516 D-2 C615 E-5 R615 D-5
C861 E-2 R856 E-3 C815 E-3 R870 D-5 C519 D-2 R517 D-2 C625 B-6 R616 D-5
C862 E-3 R857 E-3 C816 D-3 R871 D-5 C522 E-3 R518 D-2 C626 B-6 R617 F-6
C864 E-2 R858 E-3 C851 E-5 R872 C-5 C616 F-1 R519 D-2 C627 F-7 R618 F-6
C901 D-6 R859 D-3 C855 E-5 R874 D-5 C617 F-2 R520 D-2 C628 B-6 R623 F-7
C902 D-7 R860 D-3 C863 D-5 R901 D-2 C618 F-2 R521 D-2 C629 F-7 R625 F-6
C903 E-6 R861 D-3 C865 D-5 R908 D-2 C619 F-2 R522 D-2 C630 B-6 R626 D-5
C904 E-6 R862 D-3 C866 D-6 R909 F-1 C620 G-2 R523 D-2 R628 D-6
C905 C-7 R863 D-3 C906 F-1 R911 F-2 C621 G-1 R524 D-2 CN601 F-7 R629 D-6
C907 F-6 R865 D-3 C909 F-2 R912 F-1 C622 G-1 R525 D-3 R630 D-6
C908 F-7 R866 D-3 C911 F-2 R919 F-2 C623 G-1 R526 D-2 D601 C-6 R632 F-7
C910 F-6 R873 C-3 C913 F-2 R920 F-2 C624 F-1 R527 D-2 D604 B-6 R633 F-7
C912 E-6 R902 E-7 C916 D-1 R921 F-1 R528 D-2 R634 F-7
C914 D-7 R903 D-6 C918 D-1 R922 F-2 CN501 D-1 R529 D-2 IC503 D-6 R635 F-7
C915 C-6 R904 F-6 C919 D-2 R923 F-2 R530 D-2 IC601 D-5 R636 B-6
C917 C-6 R905 E-6 R928 F-2 D501 D-3 R531 C-3 IC602 F-6 R637 B-6
R913 E-6 CN701 D-3 R929 F-2 D602 G-2 R533 E-3 IC604 G-7 R638 F-7
D701 B-2 R916 F-6 CN702 B-1 R932 F-2 D603 B-1 R534 E-3
D702 A-3 R917 F-7 CN781 E-3 R933 F-2 R619 F-2 L504 D-6 T601 A-6
D703 A-3 R918 F-6 CN851 C-5 R935 F-2 IC502 D-2 R620 F-2 L601 D-7
D782 F-4 R925 E-6 CN901 C-1 R936 F-2 IC504 D-3 R621 F-2 L604 B-6
D783 F-5 R927 E-6 R940 D-2 IC603 F-1 R622 F-2 L605 B-6
D785 C-1 R930 E-6 D784 E-4 R941 F-2 R624 G-2
D789 F-5 R931 E-6 D786 C-7 R942 F-2 L501 E-2 R627 F-2 Q504 E-7
D790 F-4 R934 E-7 D787 C-7 R946 D-1 L502 C-2 R631 G-1 Q601 E-6
D852 F-3 R939 E-7 D788 C-7 R947 D-1 L503 D-1 Q602 D-6
D854 C-3 R944 C-6 D853 D-5 R948 D-1 L602 G-2 Q603 D-6
D901 E-6 R945 C-6 D902 F-1 R949 D-2 L603 F-2 Q604 D-6
D903 D-7 R950 D-7 R951 D-2 Q605 B-6
R952 D-7 FB786 E-4 R957 D-2 ND601 B-2
FB781 E-4 R953 D-7 R961 D-2
FB782 E-5 R954 D-7 IC701 A-2 R962 D-2
FB783 E-5 R956 D-7 IC701 B-2 R964 C-1
FB784 E-5 R958 D-6 IC702 A-5 R966 D-1
FB785 E-4 R959 D-6 IC801 E-3 R974 C-2
FB787 C-1 R960 D-7 IC803 D-4 R976 C-2
FB788 C-2 R963 C-7 IC851 D-5
FB789 C-2 R967 C-7 IC852 D-5 SE701 A-5
FB790 C-1 R968 C-6 IC902 F-2
FB791 B-2 R969 C-6 T851 D-6
FB801 D-4 R970 D-6 J781 B-7
FB802 D-4 R971 C-6
FB803 D-4 R972 D-6 L701 B-3
R973 C-6 L702 B-5
IC802 D-4 R975 D-6 L852 E-5
IC901 E-6 R977 C-5 L853 E-6
L801 D-5 S701 A-7 Q851 D-5

L802 E-5 S702 A-5 Q852 D-5
L851 E-3 S703 B-5 Q853 E-5
L901 D-7 S704 D-1 Q901 F-2
L902 D-5 S705 A-2 Q902 F-2
L903 D-5 S706 C-1 Q903 F-2
L904 D-6 S707 G-6 Q904 F-2
L905 F-7 S708 D-1
S709 F-7 R702 B-2
Q854 E-3 R703 A-5
Q855 D-3 R704 A-5
Q856 E-3 R706 A-2
Q857 D-3 R707 A-2
Q858 D-3 R709 B-1
Q859 D-3 R710 B-1
Q860 E-2 R711 A-2
Q861 C-3 R713 B-5
PARTS LOCATION
PK-49, VF-143 4-70
VF-143 BOARD (SIDE A) VF-143 BOARD (SIDE B) VP-50 BOARD (SIDE A) AE-022 BOARD (SIDE A)
(Suffix No. -12) (Suffix No. -12) C205 E-1 R216 E-1 CN351 C-3
C501 E-3 Q501 D-3 C520 E-6 R506 E-7 C207 E-1 R220 E-2
C502 E-3 Q502 E-3 C521 E-6 R510 E-7 C212 D-1 R221 D-1 D351 C-3
C503 C-2 Q503 D-3 C523 E-7 R532 E-7 C218 E-2 R222 E-1
C504 C-3 C601 E-6 R601 E-6 C219 D-2 R228 D-2 R351 C-3
C505 D-3 R501 E-3 C602 D-6 R602 D-5 C220 D-2 R229 E-3 R352 B-2
C506 E-2 R502 E-3 C603 E-6 R603 E-6 C222 E-3 R230 D-2 R353 A-3
C507 E-1 R503 D-3 C604 D-5 R604 D-5 C223 D-2 R231 E-3 R354 A-1
C508 E-2 R504 E-3 C605 D-6 R605 D-5 C224 E-3 R232 D-2 R355 A-2
C509 D-1 R505 D-3 C606 E-5 R606 D-5 C225 E-4 R233 E-3
C510 D-1 R507 E-2 C607 E-5 R607 D-5 C226 D-3 R234 E-2 S351 C-3
C511 D-1 R508 E-2 C608 D-5 R608 D-5 C227 E-3 R235 E-3 S352 B-2
C512 D-1 R509 E-2 C609 E-5 R609 E-5 C228 E-3 R236 E-2 S353 B-3
C513 C-2 R511 E-2 C610 D-5 R610 D-5 C229 D-3 R237 E-3 S354 A-3
C514 D-2 R512 E-2 C611 D-5 R611 C-6 C230 D-3 R238 E-3 S355 A-1
C515 C-2 R513 D-2 C612 C-5 R612 E-5 C235 D-4 R239 E-3 S356 A-2
C516 C-2 R514 D-2 C613 D-5 R613 E-5 C236 E-4 R240 E-3
C517 C-3 R515 D-2 C614 D-5 R614 C-5 R241 D-3
C518 D-2 R516 D-2 C615 E-5 R615 D-5 CN234 E-2 R242 D-3
C519 D-2 R517 D-2 C625 B-6 R616 D-5 R243 E-2
C522 E-3 R518 D-2 C626 B-6 R617 F-6 D201 D-5 R244 D-3
C616 F-1 R519 D-2 C627 F-7 R618 F-6 R245 E-5
C617 F-2 R520 D-2 C628 B-6 R623 F-7 IC203 E-1 R246 E-5
C618 F-2 R521 D-2 C629 F-7 R625 F-6 IC204 E-2 R247 E-5
C619 F-2 R522 D-2 C630 B-6 R626 D-5 IC205 E-3 R248 D-5
C620 G-2 R523 D-2 R628 D-6 IC206 D-3 R249 E-5
C621 G-1 R524 D-2 CN601 F-7 R629 D-6 IC207 D-3 R250 D-5
C622 G-1 R525 D-3 R630 D-6 IC209 D-4 R251 D-5
C623 G-1 R526 D-2 D601 C-6 R636 B-6 R252 D-3
C624 F-1 R527 D-2 D604 B-6 R637 B-6 Q201 E-1 R253 D-3
R528 D-2 R638 F-7 Q202 E-1 R256 E-4
CN501 D-1 R529 D-2 IC503 D-6 Q205 E-5 R257 E-4
R530 D-2 IC601 D-5 T601 A-6 Q206 E-5 R261 E-5
D501 D-3 R531 C-3 IC602 F-6 Q207 E-5 R262 E-5
D602 G-2 R533 E-3 IC604 G-7 Q208 D-5 R265 D-5
D603 B-1 R534 E-3 Q209 D-5 R266 D-5
R619 F-2 L504 D-6 Q210 D-5
IC502 D-2 R620 F-2 L601 D-7 Q211 E-5
IC504 D-3 R621 F-2 L604 B-6
IC603 F-1 R622 F-2 L605 B-6
R624 G-2 VP-50 BOARD (SIDE B)
L501 E-2 R627 F-2 Q504 E-7
L502 C-2 R631 G-1 Q601 E-6 C201 A-2 Q203 A-2
L503 D-1 Q602 D-6 C202 A-2 Q204 B-1
L602 G-2 Q603 D-6 C203 A-3
L603 F-2 Q604 D-6 C204 A-2 R201 A-2
Q605 B-6 C206 B-3 R202 A-1
ND601 B-2 C208 B-2 R203 B-3
C209 B-3 R204 A-2
C210 B-2 R205 A-3
C211 A-3 R206 B-3
C213 A-1 R207 A-3
C214 B-2 R209 B-3
C215 B-2 R210 A-2
C231 A-5 R211 B-3
C232 A-4 R212 A-1
C233 A-4 R213 B-3
C234 A-4 R214 B-2
C237 B-3 R215 B-2
C238 A-3 R217 B-2
R218 B-2
CN231 A-2 R219 A-1
CN232 A-5 R223 B-1
CN235 A-1 R224 B-2
CN236 B-5 R225 A-2
R226 B-1
FB201 A-3 R227 A-2
R254 A-4
IC201 A-3 R255 B-4
IC202 A-2 R258 B-5
IC208 A-4 R259 B-5
IC210 A-4 R260 A-5
R263 A-5
L201 A-4 R264 A-5
L202 A-1
L204 A-5 X201 B-3
L205 A-5
L206 A-3
L207 B-3
PARTS LOCATION
4-71 VF-143, VP-50, AE-022
CF-074 BOARD (SIDE A) MA-379 BOARD (SIDE A) FU-139 BOARD (SIDE A) FU-139 BOARD (SIDE B)
S401 D-1 C301 B-1 C002 A-1 C001 B-6
S402 D-2 C003 A-1
S403 D-4 CN301 A-2 CN004 A-6
CN303 A-2 CN001 A-1
CN305 B-2 CN002 A-2 D002 A-7
CF-074 BOARD (SIDE B) CN306 A-1 CN003 A-4 D003 A-5
D004 A-5
CN401 B-3 FB001 A-2 D006 A-5
MA-379 BOARD (SIDE B) FB002 A-3
D401 A-3 FB003 A-3 F001 A-6
D402 A-3 C302 B-4 F002 A-6
C303 A-4 LF001 A-2 F003 A-6
R401 A-3 C304 A-4 F004 A-6
C305 A-4 Q003 A-3 F005 A-6
C306 A-4 Q005 A-3
C307 A-4 Q001 A-7
R001 A-4 Q001 B-7
IC301 A-4 R005 A-3 Q002 A-7
R008 B-3 Q004 B-6
L301 A-4 R019 A-3
R021 A-3 R002 B-6
R301 B-4 R004 A-7
R302 B-4 R006 B-6
R303 A-4 R009 B-6
R304 B-4 R020 A-7
R305 A-4
R306 A-4
PARTS LOCATION
CF-074, MA-379, FU-139 4-72E
MVC-FD95
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENTS
1. Before Starting Adjustment
EVR Data Re-writing Procedure When Replacing Board

The data that is stored in the repair board, is not necessarily correct.
Perform either procedure 1 or procedure 2 or procedure 3 when replacing board.
Procedure 2
Save the EVR data of the machine in which a board is going to be replaced. Download the saved data after a board is
replaced.
(Machine before starting repair) PC PC (Machine after a board is replaced)
Save the EVR data Download the saved

to a personal computer. data to a machine.
Procedure 2
Remove the EEPROM from the board of the machine that is going to be repaired. Install the removed EEPROM to the
replaced board.
Remove the EEPROM and install it.
(Former board) (New board)
Procedure 3
When the data cannot be saved due to defective EEPROM, or when the EEPROM cannot be removed or installed, save the
data from the same model of the same destination, and download it.
(Machine to be repaired) PC (Machine to be repaired)
Download the data.
Save the data.
(The same model of the same destination)
After the EVR data is saved and downloaded, check the

respective items of the EVR data.
(Refer to page 5-2 for the items to be checked.)
5-1
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
1-1. Adjusting Items When Replacing Main Parts and Boards

When replacing main parts and boards, adjust the items indicated by z in the following table.
Replaced parts
Board
Block Mounted parts
replacement
replacement replacement
CD-245 board SE150 to 153 (PITCH/YAW sensor)

(ZOOM block 360)
(Timing generator)
(Timing generator)
(Fluorescent tube)
(CAMERA DSP)
(S/H, AGC,A/D)
(RGB decoder)
(RGB decoder)
(CCD imager)
VF-143 board Q501, D501 (Eye sensor)

(Video amp.)
EEPROM
EEPROM
(EVR)
(EVR)
(EVR)
Back light unit
CD-245 board (COMPLETE)

(COMPLETE)
(COMPLETE)
VF-143 board (COMPLETE)
Adjustment
Adjustment
Section
LCD901
LCD902
VF-143 board ND601
IC406
IC508
CD-245 board IC101
IC102
IC301
IC802
IC901
VF-143 board IC502
VF-143 board IC603

IC186
IC901
IC801
VF-143 board IC503

Zoom/Release unit
Flash unit *2
PK-49 board
PK-49 board
PK-49 board
PK-49 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FC-72 board
FDD unit *1
Lens device
LCD block
LCD block
EVF block
VAP unit
Initialization of B, Initialization of D page data z z

D, E, F, 7 page data Initialization of B, E, F, 7 page data z z
Video Video output level adj. z z z z z
Zoom key center adj. z z z
HALL adj. z z z z
Flange back adj. z z z z z
F No. standard data Input z z z z z
Mechanical shutter adj. z z z z z
Light level adj. and ND shutter check z z z z z z
Mixed color cancel adj. z z z z z z
AWB standard data input z z z z z z
Camera
White balance ND filter compensation z z z z z z
Auto white balance adj. z z z z z z
Color reproduction adj.(ND filter OFF) z z z z z z
Color reproduction adj.(ND filter ON) z z z z z z
Strobe white balance Adj. z z z z z z
CCD black defect compensation z z z z
CCD white defect compensation z z z z
Steady shot adj. z z z z z
LCD initial data input z z
VCO adj. z z z z z
D range adj. z z z z z
Bright adj. z z z z z
LCD Contrast adj. z z z z z
Color adj. z z z z z
V-COM level adj. z z z z z
V-COM adj. z z z z z z
White balance adj. z z z z z z z
Initial data input z z
VCO adj. zz z z z
Contrast adj. z z z z z
EVF Bright adj. z z z z z
Backlight consumption current adj. z z z z z
White balance adj. z z z z z z z
Eye sensor adj. z z z z
System control Battery end adj. z z
Alignment check (FDD unit) z
*1: When replacing the FDD unit, reset the data of page: D, address: 6C to 6F to “00”. (Refer to “Record of Use check” of “5-2. SERVICE
MODE”)
*2: When replacing the Flash unit, reset the data of page: D, address: 67 to “00”. (Refer to “Emergency Memory Address of Flash Unit” of
“5-2. SERVICE MODE”)
Table. 5-1-1.
5-2
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
5-1. ADJUSTMENT
1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
1-1-1. List of Service Tools

• Oscilloscope • Color monitor • Vectorscope • AC power adapter
• Regulated power supply • Digital voltmeter • Frequency counter
Ref. No. Name Parts Code Usage
Auto white balance adjustment/check
J-1 Filter for color temperature correction (C14) J-6080-058-A
White balance adjustment/check
J-2 Pattern box PTB-450 J-6082-200-A
J-3 Color chart for pattern box J-6020-250-A
J-4 Siemens star chart J-6080-875-A For checking the flange back
Adjustment remote commander
J-5 J-6082-053-B
(RM-95 upgraded).(Note 2)
J-6 Clear chart for pattern box J-6080-621-A
For connecting the measuring instruments and
J-7 CPC-12 jig (22P, 0.5mm) J-6082-436-A the adjustment remote commander
Alignment disk TFD2-1 (+) 8-967-990-01
J-8 For FDD dynamic inspection
(Two disks as pair) TFD2-2 (–) 8-967-990-11
Cleaning disk (OR-D29WA) 8-960-009-39
J-9 For FDD head cleaning (Note 1)
Cleaning disk Available on market
J-10 Personal computer with Windows95/98 installed For checking the recorded picture
J-11 Power code J-6082-223-A For the battery end adjustment
J-12 Mini pattern box J-6082-353-B For adjusting the flange back
J-13 Camera table J-6082-384-A For adjusting the flange back
Note 1: Usage and operating note Note 2: If the micro processor IC in the adjustment remote commander is
One or two seconds of momentary use of cleaning disk is sufficient not the new micro processor (UPD7503G-C56-12), The pages
such that FD is accessed momentarily by system control when cannot be switched. In this case, replace with the new micro
main power is turn on. After cleaning, insert a FD for playback. processor (8-759-148-35).
When cleaning is insufficient, use a cleaning disk again.
Caution: Avoid using a cleaning disk excessively. Head can be
broken.
J-1 J-2 J-3 J-4 J-5
J-6 J-7 J-8 J-9 J-10
J-11 J-12 J-13
Fig. 5-1-1.
5-3
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
1-1-2. Preparations
Note 1: For details of how remove the cabinet and boards, refer to “2.
DISASSEMBLY”. Pattern box
Note 2: When performing only the adjustments, the lens block and boards
need not be disassembled.
1) Connect the equipment for adjustments according to Fig. 5-1-

5.
2) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the following About 90 cm
connector or jack.
• CN803 of FC-72 board via CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A)
• LANC jack
Note 3: As disconnecting the FC-72 board CN801 means disconnecting

the lithium 3V power supply (PK-49 board BT701), data such as
date, time will be lost. After completing adjustments, preset these
data.
Note 4: Setting the “Forced Power ON Mode (Forced STILL Mode)” Front of the Protection glass
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: D, address: 10, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander.
The above procedure will enable the power (STILL mode) to be
turned on with PK-49 board removed. After completing
adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced Power ON Mode”.
Note 5: Setting the “Forced Power ON Mode (Forced PLAY Mode)” Fig. 5-1-2.
The above procedure will enable the power (PLAY mode) to be
turned on. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced
Power ON Mode”.
Note 6: Setting the “Forced Power ON Mode (Forced MOVIE Mode)”

The above procedure will enable the power (MOVIE mode) to be
turned on. After completing adjustments, be sure to exit the “Forced
CPC lid
Power ON Mode”.
Note 7: Exiting the “Forced Power ON Mode”

button of the adjustment remote commander. Screw driver (–)
22 CPC-12 jig
1 22
FC-72 board 1
Fig. 5-1-3.
5-4
1-1-3. Discharging of the Flashlight Power Supply
The capacitor which is used as power supply of flashlight is charged
with 200 V to 300 V voltage. Discharge this voltage before starting
adjustments in order to protect service engineers from electric shock
during adjustment.
Discharge procedure
1. Press the FLASH button (PK-49 board S705) and turn off the
FLASH LED (PK-49 board D701).
2. Fabricate the discharging jig as shown in Fig. 5-1-4 locally by
yourself. Connect the discharging jig to the positive (+) and
negative (–) terminal of the flash voltage charge capacitor. Allow
ten seconds to discharge the voltage.
Capacitor
Short jig
Fig. 5-1-4.
5-5
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
Must be connected when

Must be connected when Must be connected when
performing the camera
performing the viewfinder performing the strobe
system adjustments.
system adjustments. system adjustments.
AC power adaptor
Adjustment remote
commander
MA-379 board
CN301
CN002
CN001 FDD UNIT

CN802 CN402 CPC-12 jig
CN301
(J-6082-436-A)
CN701
1 21
CN702 FC-72 board

2 22
CN703 J901 LANC
DC-IN jack 1 22
jack
CN101
22
CN182
CN803
CN801
1
CN401
CN183
CN702
Need not connected
PK-49 board LCD UNIT
J781
CN901
CN851
CN701
BACK LIGHT
CN781
Must be connected when

performing the LCD
system adjustments.
AUDIO
(black)
LANC jack
Color monitor Vector scope

Note 1: Inchanging data, wait for more than 5 seconds
after the set was turned on, then change the
Terminated data.
at 75 Ω Note 2: Connect the GND terminal to floppy disk drive
VIDEO unit frame when check the RF signal waveform.
(yellow)
Fig. 5-1-5.
5-6
1-1-4. Precaution
1. Setting the Switch
Unless otherwise specified, set the switches as follows and perform
adjustments.
1. DEMO MODE (SETUP menu) ....................................... OFF 7. PROGRAM AE (AE-022 board) ................................. AUTO
2. DIGITAL ZOOM (CAMERA menu) .............................. OFF (No mark indicated on LCD)
3. WHITE BALANCE (AE-022 board) .......................... AUTO 8. MACRO (CF-074 board) ................................................. OFF
4. FLASH LEVEL (CAMERA menu) ....................... NORMAL 9. FOCUS (CF-074 board) ........................................ MANUAL
5. EXPOSURE (CAMERA menu) ...................................... 0EV 10. STEADY SHOT (CF-074 board) ..................................... OFF
6. P. EFFECT (EFFECT menu) ........................................... OFF 11. DISPLAY (PK-49 board) ................................................. OFF
2. Order of Adjustments
Basically carry out adjustments in the order given.
Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame) Electronic beam scanning frame
H
Yellow
Magenta
White
Cyan
Green
C C=D D
Red
Blue
Magenta
Yellow
Green
White
Cyan
Blue
Red
CRT picture frame
V
A B A=B B A
Fig. b (monitor TV picture)
Fig. a Enlargement
Video terminal
output waveform
Difference in level
Adjust the camera zoom and direction to

B A obtain the output waveform shown in Fig. a
and the monitor TV display shown in Fig. b.
Fig. 5-1-6.
3. Subjects
1) Color bar chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
When performing adjustments using the color bar chart, adjust
the picture frame as shown in Fig. 5-1-6. (Standard picture White
frame)
841mm
2) Clear chart (Color reproduction adjustment frame)
Remove the color bar chart from the pattern box and insert a Black
clear chart in its place. (Do not perform zoom operations during
this time.)
3) Flange back adjustment chart
1189mm
Make the chart shown in Fig. 5-1-7 using A0 size (1189 mm ×
841 mm) black and white vellum paper.
Fig. 5-1-7.
Note: Use matte vellum paper bigger than A0, and make sure the edges of
the black and white paper joined together are not rough.
5-7
1-2. INITIALIZATION OF B, D, E, F, 7 PAGE DATA
1-2-1. INITIALIZATION OF D PAGE DATA
1. Initializing the D Page Data 3. D Page Table
Note: If the D page data has been initialized, the following adjustments Note1: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the D Page
need to be performed again. Data”.)
1) Modification of D page data Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of D Page
2) LCD system adjustments Data”.)
3) Color viewfinder system adjustments
4) Battery end adjustments Address Remark
Initial value
Adjusting page D 00 to 0F
Adjusting Address 10 to EF 10 00 Test mode
11 to 40 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Initializing Method: 41 Fixed data-2
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. (Modified data. Copy the data built in
2) Select page: 2, address: 03, and set data: 06. the same model.)
3) Select page: 2, address: 00, and set data: 2D.
4) Select page: 2, address: 01, set data: 2D, and press the PAUSE
button of the adjustment remote commander. 62 Fixed data-2
5) Select page: 2, address: 02, and check that the data changes to 63 (Modified data. Copy the data built in
“01”. the same model.)
6) Perform “Modification of D Page Data”. 64 to 66 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
67 00 Flash unit emergency
2. Modification of D Page Data
68 Fixed data-1
If the D page data has been initialized, change the data of the “Fixed
data-2” address shown in the following table by manual input. 69 (Initialized data)
6A
Modifying Method: 6B
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set 6C 00 Recording counter
data: 01. 6D 00
2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
6E 00
they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
the data built in the same model. 6F 00 Recording counter/MC CAM
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camera may (FC-72 board IC501) emergency
not operate. 70 Fixed data-2
3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
data to write the data in the non-volatile memory. 78 Fixed data-2
4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value. 79 (Modified data. Copy the data built in
If not, change the data to the initial value. 7A the same model.)
7B
Processing after Completing Modification of D Page data 7C
7D
2) Select page: 2, address: 01, and set data: 29, and press the
PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 7E to 7F Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
80 Fixed data-2
81 (Modified data. Copy the data built in
82 the same model.)
83
84
85
86
87
88 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
89 80 Zoom key center adj.
8A Fixed data-2
8B
8C Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
8D Fixed data-2
8E to 8F Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
90 80 Battery end adj.
91 88
92 AD
93 C2
94 CD
5-8
1-2-2. Initializing the B, E, F, 7 Page Data
Address Remark
Initial value
1. Initializing the B, E, F, 7 Page Data
95 to 97 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Note1: If “Initializing the B, E, F, 7 Page Data” is performed, all data of
98 to A1 Fixed data-2 the B page, E page, F page and 7 page will be initialized. (It is
(Modified data. Copy the data built in impossible to initialize a single page.)
Note2: If the B, E, F, 7 Page data has been initialized, “Modification of B,
the same model.)
E, F, 7 Page Data” and following adjustments need to be performed
A2 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) again.
A3 Fixed data-2 1) Video system adjustments
2) Camera system adjustments
A4 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
A5 Fixed data-2
Adjusting page F
A6 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
Adjusting Address 10 to FF
A7 Fixed data-2
A8 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Adjusting page 7
A9 Fixed data-2 Adjusting Address 00 to FF
AA to BF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) Adjusting page E
C0 Fixed data-2 Adjusting Address 00 to FF
C1 A0 White balance adj. (EVF) Adjusting page B
C2 70 Adjusting Address 00 to FF
C3 Fixed data-2
C4 Initializing Method:
C5 60 VCO adj. (NTSC) (EVF)
C6 B0 Backlight consumption current adj. 3) Select page: 6, address: 00, and set data: 2D.
(EVF) 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 2D, and press the PAUSE
C7 Fixed data-2 button.
C8 Fixed data-1 5) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to
C9 24 Bright adj. (NTSC) (EVF) “01”.
6) Perform “Modification of B, E, F, 7 Page Data”.
CA 80 Contrast adj. (NTSC) (EVF)
CB 20 Bright adj. (PAL) (EVF) 2. Modification of B, E, F, 7 Page Data
CC 80 Contrast adj. (PAL) (EVF) If the B, E, F, 7 Page data has been initialized, change the data of
CD 60 VCO adj. (PAL) (EVF) the “Fixed data-2” address shown in the following tables by manual
CE to CF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) input.
D0 A2/B2 (*1) Bright adj. (LCD)
Modifying Method:
D1 66/63 (*1) Color adj. (LCD)
1) Before changing the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set
D2 A8/A0(*1) White balance adj. (LCD) data: 01.
D3 7A/6A(*1) 2) New data for changing are not shown in the tables because
D4 B8/C0 (*1) Contrast adj. (LCD) they are different in destination. When changing the data, copy
D5 B0/54 (*1) D range adj.(LCD) the data built in the same model.
Note: If copy the data built in the different model, the camera may
D6 7C/8A( *1) V-COM level adj.(LCD) not operate.
D7 6F VCO adj. (LCD)(NTSC) 3) When changing the data, press the PAUSE button of the
D8 74/8A (*1) V-COM adj.(LCD) adjustment remote commander each time when setting new
D9 7E/73 (*1) Fixed data (DC BL LEVEL(LCD)) data to write the data in the non-volatile memory.
DA to DB Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 4) Check that the data of adjustment addresses is the initial value.
If not, change the data to the initial value.
DC C0/B5 (*1) Fixed data(AC BL LEVEL(LCD))
DD 6F/4F (*1) VCO adj. (LCD)(PAL) Processing after Completing Modification of B, E, F, 7 Page data
DE Fixed data-2 1) Select page: 2, address: 00, and set data: 29.
DF 2) Select page: 2, address: 01, and set data: 29, and press the
E0 to EB Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
EC 22 Eye sensor adj. (EVF)
ED to EF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
*1: LCD TYPE SH/ LCD TYPE CA

Table. 5-1-2.
5-9
3. F Page table
Address Remark
Initial value
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, E, F, 7
Page Data”.) 49 to 4C Fixed data-1
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, E, F, 7 (Initialized data)
Page Data”.)
4D 27 Strobe white balance adj.
Address Remark 4E 77
Initial value 4F 00 White balance ND filter
00 to 0F 50 00 compensation
10 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 51 03 Color reproduction adj.
11 Fixed data-2 52 E9 (ND Filter ON)
12 to 13 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 53 63
14 12 Flange back adj. 54 83
15 A8 55 D5
16 38 56 FE
17 08 57 73
18 17 58 45
19 67 59 00 AWB standard data input
1A 00 5A 14 Mechanical shutter adj.
1B 00 5B Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
1C 00 5C 63 Color reproduction adj.
1D 00 5D 83 (ND Filter OFF)
1E 41 5E 03
1F 00 5F E9
20 20 60 63 Color reproduction adj.
21 20 61 83 (ND Filter ON)
22 20 62 03
23 44 63 E9
24 0A 64 10 Strobe white balance adj.
25 00 65 61 Video output level adj.
26 85 Light level Adj. 66 61
27 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 67 to 68 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
28 94 Light level Adj. 69 00 Strobe white balance adj.
29 47 F No. standard data input 6A E3
2A 41 6B 00
2B 3D 6C 0B Mechanical shutter adj.
2C 3D 6D C2
2D Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 6E 09
2E 80 Hall adj. 6F 42
2F 93 70 06
30 to 33 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 71 C2
34 15 Hall adj. 72 05
35 7C 73 C2
36 to 39 Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 74 04
3A 2F AWB standard data input 75 C2
3B 37 76 33
3C 40 77 33
3D D0 78 33
3E Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 79 33
3F B5 Auto white balance adj. 7A 33
40 43 7B 33
41 03 Color reproduction adj. 7C 33
42 E9 (ND Filter OFF) 7D 33
43 63 7E 33
44 83 7F 33
45 D5 80 00 Auto white balance adj.
46 FE 81 to 9F Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
47 73 A0 00 Mixed color cancel adj.
48 45 A1 00
5-10
4. 7 Page Table
Address Remark Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, E, F, 7
Initial value
Page Data”.)
A2 00 Mixed color cancel adj. Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, E, F, 7
A3 00 Page Data”.)
A4 to AB Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
AC 80 Steady shot adj. Address Remark
Initial value
AD 80 00 to 5F Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
AE to FF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data) 60 0F CCD black defect compensation
Table. 5-1-3. 61 FF
62 0F
63 FF
64 0F
65 FF
66 0F
67 FF
68 0F
69 FF
6A 0F
6B FF
6C 0F
6D FF
6E 0F
6F FF
70 0F
71 FF
72 0F
73 FF
74 0F
75 FF
76 0F
77 FF
78 0F
79 FF
7A 0F
7B FF
7C 0F
7D FF
7E 0F
7F FF
80 0F
81 FF
82 0F
83 FF
84 0F
85 FF
86 0F
87 FF
88 0F CCD white defect compensation
89 FF
8A 0F
8B FF
8C 0F
8D FF
8E 0F
8F FF
90 0F
91 FF
5-11
5. E Page Table
Address Remark Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, E,
Initial value
F, 7 Page Data”.)
92 0F CCD white defect compensation Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, E,
93 FF F, 7 Page Data”.)
94 0F
95 FF Address Remark
96 0F
00 to 1C Fixed data-1
97 FF
1D Fixed data-2
98 0F
1E
99 FF
1F
9A 0F
20
9B FF
21 to 5F Fixed data-1
9C 0F
60 Fixed data-2
9D FF
61 to B4 Fixed data-1
9E 0F
B5 Fixed data-2
9F FF
B6 to B8 Fixed data-1
A0 0F
B9 Fixed data-2
A1 FF
BA to C1 Fixed data-1
A2 0F
C2 Fixed data-2
A3 FF
C3 to D6 Fixed data-1
A4 0F
D7 Fixed data-2
A5 FF
D8 to DB Fixed data-1
A6 0F
DC Fixed data-2
A7 FF
DD
A8 0F
DE
A9 FF
DF to F0 Fixed data-1
AA 0F
F1 Fixed data-2
AB FF
F2
AC 0F
F3
AD FF
F4
AE 0F
F5
AF FF
F6
B0 to FF Fixed data-1 (Initialized data)
F7
Table. 5-1-4. F8 to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-5.
6. B Page Table
Note: Fixed data-1: Initialized data. (Refer to “1. Initializing the B, E, F, 7
Page Data”.)
Fixed data-2: Modified data. (Refer to “2. Modification of B, E, F, 7
Page Data”.)
Address Remark
00 Fixed data-2
01 to 79 Fixed data-1
7A Fixed data-2
7B Fixed data-1
7C Fixed data-2
7D
7E to DF Fixed data-1
E0 Fixed data-2
E1
E2
E3
E4 to FF Fixed data-1
Table. 5-1-6.
5-12
1-3. VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
1. Video Output Level Adjustment (FC-72 board)

Adjust the sync level and burst level of the composite video signal
output.
Mode PLAY
Signal Arbitrary
Measurement Point Video terminal of AV OUT jack
(75 Ω terminated)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 65, 66
Specified Value Sync level:
A=286 ± 5 mV (NTSC mode)
A=300 ± 5 mV (PAL mode)
Burst level:
B=286 ± 5 mV (NTSC mode)
B=300 ± 5 mV (PAL mode)
Menu setting:
1) VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu
............................ NTSC (NTSC mode)
............................ PAL (PAL mode)
Adjusting method:
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, and set data: 04.
3) Select page: F, address: 65, change the data and set the sync
level (A) to the specified value.
4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
5) Select page: F, address: 66, change the data and set the burst
level (B) to the specified value.
6) Press the PAUSE button.
H
Fig. 5-1-8.
5-13
1-4. CAMERA SYSTEM ADJUSTMENTS
Before perform the camera system adjustments, check that the

specified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” are
satisfied.
Data setting during camera system adjustments: 2. HALL Adjustment

Perform the following data setting before the camera system For detecting the position of the lens iris, adjust the hall AMP gain
adjustments. and offset.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. Mode STILL
2) After writing down the original data of the following addresses, Subject All black
input the following data. (Cover the lens with a black cap)
Page Address Data Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note 1)
E 43 10 Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
E 8F 00 Adjustment Page F
B 67 00 Adjustment Address 2E, 2F, 34, 35
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
Specified Value 13 to 17 during IRIS OPEN
each time to set the data. 7B to 7F during IRIS CLOSE
After completing the camera system adjustments, release the
data setting. Note 1: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : 00 : XX
Display data
2) Select the above addresses, and input the orignal data writen Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
down at step 2). 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
each time to set the data.
Adjusting method:
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) Select page: 6, address: 95, and set data: 7D.
1. Zoom Key Center Adjustment 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 6D, and press the PAUSE
Set the A/D value center of the microprocessor to the center voltage button of the adjustment remote commander. (The HALL
of the zoom key.
adjustment is performed and the adjustment data is stored in
If deviated, the zoom lens operates of itself ,even if the zoom key is
page: F, address: 2E, 2F, 34 and 35.)
the center position.
5) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”.
Mode STILL 6) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
Subject Arbitrary button.
Measurement Point Display data of page: 2, address: 5C
Checking method:
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Adjustment Page D 2) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE
Adjustment Address 89 button.
3) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note1) during
Note: Don’t touch the zoom lever during adjustment. IRIS OPEN satisfies the specified value.
4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 03, and press the PAUSE
Adjusting method: button.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 5) Select page: 1, and check that the display data during IRIS
2) Select page: 2, address: 5C, read the data, and this data is named CLOSE satisfies the specified value.
D5C.
3) Select page: D, address: 89, set the following data. Processing after Completing Adjustments:
D5C (When 6C D5C 8A) 1) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
6C (When 5D D5C < 6C) button.
8A (When 8A < D5C 99) 2) Select page: 6, address: 94, and set data: 00.
Note: When D5C<5D or 99<D5C, the zoom key is defective. 3) Select page: 6, address: 95, and set data: 00.
4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 4) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 00.
5-14
3. Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Minipattern Box)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out Adjusting method:
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during 1) Install the minipattern box so that the distance between it and
auto focusing/manual focusing. the front of the lens of the camera is less than 3cm.
Mode STILL 2) Make the height of the minipattern box and the camera equal.
3) Check that the output voltage of the regulated power supply is
Subject Siemens star chart with ND filter for
the specified voltage.
the minipattern box (Note 1)
Measurement Point 5) Check that the center of the Siemens star chart and the center
Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument of the exposure screen coincide.
Adjustment Page F 6) Check that the data of page: F, address: 14 to 25 is the initial
value (See table below).
Adjustment Address 14 to 25
Address Data Address Data Address Data
Note 1: Dark Siemens star chart.
14 12 1B 00 22 20
Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. 15 A8 1C 00 23 44
16 38 1D 00 24 0A
Preparations before adjustments: 17 08 1E 41 25 00
The minipattern box is installed as shown in the following figure.
Note: the attachment lenses are not used. 18 17 1F 00
Specified voltage: The specified voltage varies according to the 19 67 20 20
minipattern box, so adjust the power supply 1A 00 21 20
output voltage to the specified voltage written
on the sheet which is supplied with the 7) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 13, and press the PAUSE
minipattern box. button of the adjustment remote commander.
Below 3 cm button.
(The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F,
Minipattern box addresses: 14 to 25.)
9) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is changed
Camera to “01”.
Camera Processing after Completing Adjustments:

table 1) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
Regulated power supply button.
Output voltage : Specified voltage ±0.01Vdc 2) Perform “Flange Back Check”.
Output current : more than 3.5A
Red (+)
Black (–)
Yellow (SENS +)
White (SENS –) Need not connected

Black (GND)
Fig. 5-1-9.
5-15
4. Flange Back Adjustment
(Using Flange Back Adjustment Chart)
The inner focus lens flange back adjustment is carried out
automatically. In whichever case, the focus will be deviated during
auto focusing/manual focusing.
4-1. Flange Back Adjustment (1) 4-2. Flange Back Adjustment (2)
Mode STILL Perform this adjustment after performing “Flange Back Adjustment
(1)”.
Subject Flange back adjustment chart
(2.0 m from the front of the lens) Subject Subject more than 500m away
(Luminance: 350 ± 50 lux) (Subjects with clear contrast such as
buildings, etc.)
Measurement Point
Check operation on TV monitor Measurement Point
Measuring Instrument Check operation on TV monitor
Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Page F
Note: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. Note: Make the lens horizontal and perform this adjustment.
Adjusting method: Adjusting method:

2) Check that the center of the chart for the flange back adjustment 2) Set the zoom lens to the TELE end and expose a subject that is
and the center of the exposure screen coincide. more than 500 m away (subject with clear contrast such as
3) Check that the data of page: F, address: 14 to 25 is the initial building, etc.). (Nearby subjects less than 500 m away should
value (See table below). not be in the screen.)
Address Data Address Data Address Data
14 12 1B 00 22 20 button of the adjustment remote commander.
15 A8 1C 00 23 44 5) Place a ND filter on the lens so that the optimum image is
16 38 1D 00 24 0A obtain.
17 08 1E 41 25 00
button.
18 17 1F 00 (The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F,
19 67 20 20 addresses: 14 to 25.)
1A 00 21 20 7) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”.
4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 13, and press the PAUSE Processing after Completing Adjustments:
button of the adjustment remote commander. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
5) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 15, and press the PAUSE 2) Turn off the power and turn on again.
button. 3) Perform “Flange Back Check”.
(The adjustment data will be automatically input to page: F,
addresses: 14 to 25.)
6) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is changed
to “01”.
Processing after Completing Adjustments:

button.
2) Perform “Flange Back Adjustment (2)”.
5-16
5. Flange Back Check 7. Mechanical Shutter Adjustment
Mode STILL Adjust the period which the mechanical shutter is closed, and
compensate the exposure.
Subject Siemens star
(2.0 m from the front of the lens) Mode STILL
(Luminance : approx. 200 lux) Subject Clear chart
Measurement Point (Color reproduction adjustment
Check operation on TV monitor frame)
Adjustment Page F
Specified Value The lens is focused.
Adjustment Address 5A, 6C to 7F
Switch setting:
1) FOCUS ......................................................................... AUTO Note: 1 If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Note: 2 Install the clear chart at a distance of about 10 cm from the front
Checking method: of the lens. (It is recommended.)
1) Place the Siemens star 2.0m from the front of the lens.
2) To open the IRIS, decrease the luminous intensity to the Adjusting method:
Siemens star up to a point before noise appear on the image. 1) Shoot the clear chart with the zoom WIDE end.
3) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom TELE end. 2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
4) Select page: 5, address: F1, and set data: FF. 3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: AD, and press the PAUSE
5) Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused. button of the adjustment remote commander.
6) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 01. (The mechanical shutter adjustment is performed and the
7) Shoot the Siemens star with the zoom WIDE end. adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 5A, 6C to 7F.)
8) Observe the TV monitor and check that the lens is focused. 4) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to
“01”.
1) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 00. Processing after Completing Adjustments:
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, and set data: 00. 1) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
button.
6. F No. Standard Data Input
Compensate the unevenness of the iris meter sensitivity.
Mode STILL
Subject Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment
frame)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 29 to 2C

Note 2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
once.
Adjusting method:
1) Shoot the clear chart with the zoom WIDE end.
3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: BB, and press the PAUSE
(The F No. standard data input is performed and the adjustment
data is stored in page: F, address: 29 to 2C.)

button.
5-17
8. Picture Frame Setting
Mode STILL Check on an oscilloscope
Subject Color bar chart
1. Horizontal period
(Color reproduction adjustment A=B C=D
frame) About 90 cm from the front of
the protection glass B C
Measurement Point Video output terminal A D
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope and TV monitor
Specified Value A=B, C=D, E=F
Note 1: Display data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.

1 : XX : XX
XL or YL data
XH or YH data
Setting method:
1) Select page: 5, address: F1, and set data: FF.
2) Adjust the zoom and the camera direction, and set the picture
frame to the specified position.
3) Mark the position of the picture frame on the monitor display,
and adjust the picture frame to this position in following
adjustments using “Color reproduction adjustment frame”. Fig. 5-1-10.
5) Select page: 1, and note down the XH data and XL data. (Note1) 2. Vertical period
E E=F F
7) Select page: 1, and note down the YH data and YL data. (Note1)
How to reset the zoom and focus when they deviated:

If the zoom and focus deviated due to some reason, reset them in
the following method. V
Fig. 5-1-11.
1) Select page: 6, address: 90, and set data: XL. (Note 2)
2) Select page: 6, address: 91, and set data: XH. (Note 2) Check on the monitor TV (Underscanned mode)
3) Select page: 6, address: 92, and set data: YL. (Note 3)
4) Select page: 6, address: 93, and set data: YH. (Note 3)
button and wait for 1 second.
6) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 01.
button.
Note 2: The data noted down at step 5) .of the “Setting method”.
Note 3: The data noted down at step 7) .of the “Setting method”.
Color bar chart picture frame Monitor TV picture frame

Fig. 5-1-12.
5-18
9. Light Level Adjustment and ND Shutter Check 10. Mixed Color Cancel Adjustment
Adjust the standard LV value. Perform the mixed color cancel adjustment using the each data of
Mode STILL the color bars.
Subject Clear chart Mode STILL
(Color reproduction adjustment Subject Color bar chart
frame) (Color reproduction adjustment
Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note 2) frame)
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Page F Adjustment Address A0 to A3
Adjustment Address 26, 28
Note 1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Light
Specified Value AE level 1: 0FE0 to 1020 Level Adjustment and ND Shutter Check”.
AE level 2: Bellow 1100 Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. Adjusting method:
Note 2: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
1 : XX : XX 2) Check that the picture frame is set to the specified position.
Display data (Refer to “8. Picture Frame Setting”.)
3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: D7, and press the PAUSE
Adjusting method: button of the adjustment remote commander.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: D5, and press the PAUSE
2) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 0D, and press the PAUSE button.
button of the adjustment remote commander. (The mixed color cancel adjustment is performed and the
(The light level adjustment is performed and the adjustment adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: A0 to A3.)
data is stored in page: F, address: 26, 28.) Note: Observe the TV monitor and check that a vertical line is
3) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”. indicated inside each color zone.
• AE level 1 Check 5) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”.
5) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note2) satisfies Processing after Completing Adjustments:
the AE level 1 specified value. 1) Select page: 6, address: 01, and set data: 00, and press the
• AE level 2 Check PAUSE button.
6) Select page: E, address: 41, set data: 6B, and press the PAUSE 2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
button.
8) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note2) satisfies
the AE level 2 specified value.

1) Select page: E, address: 41, set data: 6A, and press the PAUSE
button.
button.
5-19
11. Auto White Balance Standard Data Input 12. White Balance ND Filter Compensation
Adjust the white balance standard data at 3200 K. Compensate the white balance deviation when ND filter is ON.
Mode STILL Mode STILL
Subject Clear chart Subject Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment (Color reproduction adjustment
frame) frame)
Adjustment Page F Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 3A to 3D, 59 Adjustment Address 4F, 50
Note 1: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address: Note 1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Auto
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. White Balance Standard Data Input”.
Note 2: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
once. 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Note 3: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
Adjusting method: once.
2) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 11, and press the PAUSE Adjusting method:
button of the adjustment remote commander. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 0B, and press the PAUSE 2) Select page: F, address: 27, after noting down the data, set data:
button. 80, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
(The auto white balance standard data input is performed and commander.
the adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 3A to 3D, 59) 3) Select page: 6, address: 1C, set data: 03, and wait for 1 second.
4) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”. 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 11, and press the PAUSE
Processing after Completing Adjustments: 5) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 09, and press the PAUSE
1) Select page: 6, address: 01, and set data: 00, and press the button.
PAUSE button. (The white balance ND filter compensation is performed and
2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. the adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 4F, 50.)

1) Select page: 6, address: 1C, set data: 00.
PAUSE button.
3) Select page: F, address: 27, set the data noted down at step 2)
of “Adjusting method”, and press the PAUSE button.
5-20
13. Auto White Balance Adjustment 14. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter OFF)
Adjust to the proper auto white balance output data. Adjust the color Separation matrix coefficient so that proper color
If it is not correct, auto white balance and color reproducibility will reproduction is produced.
be poor. Mode STILL
Mode STILL Subject Color bar chart
Subject Clear chart (Color reproduction (Color reproduction adjustment
adjustment frame) frame)
Filter Filter C14 for color temperature Adjustment Page F
correction Adjustment Address 41 to 48, 5C to 5F
Measurement Point Display data of page 1 (Note 2)
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander Note 1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Auto
White Balance Standard Data Input” and “Auto White Balance
Adjustment Page F Adjustment”.
Adjustment Address 3F, 40, 80 Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address:
Specified Value R ratio: 2760 to 28A0 Note 3: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only
B ratio: 5DE0 to 5F20 once.
Note 1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Auto Adjusting method:
White Balance Standard Data Input” and “White Balance ND Filter
compensation”.
Note 2: If the data of page: 6, address: 02 is “01”, select page: 6, address: 2) Check that the picture frame is set to the specified position.
01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE button. (Refer to “8. Picture Frame Setting”.)
Note 3: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only 3) Select page: B, address: 67, after noting down the data, set
once. data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
Note 4: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander. 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: AB, and press the PAUSE
1 : XX : XX button.
Display data 5) Select page: 6, address: 12, set data: 80, and wait for 1 seconds.
6) Select page: 6, address: 12, set data: 00, and wait for 2 seconds.
Adjusting method: 7) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: A9, and press the PAUSE
1) Place the C14 filter for color temperature correction on the button.
lens. (The color reproduction adjustment is performed and the
2) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 41 to 48, 5C to
3) Select page: F, address: 49 to 4C, and note down the data of 5F.)
each address. Note: Observe the TV monitor and check that a sign “ ” is indicated
4) Input the following data to page: F, addresses: 49 to 4C. inside each color zone.
Address 49 4A 4B 4C
Data 28 00 5E 80 Processing after Completing Adjustments:
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander button.
each time to set the data. 2) Select page: B, address: 67, set the data noted down at step 3),
5) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: A7, and press the PAUSE and press the PAUSE button.
button. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00
6) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: A5, and press the PAUSE
button. (The auto white balance adjustment is performed and
the adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 3F, 40 and
80.)
8) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 3F, and press the PAUSE
button.
10) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note 4) satisfies
the R ratio specified value.
12) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note 4) satisfies
the B ratio specified value.
13) Select page: F, address: 49 to 4C, and input the data noted down
at step 3).

button.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00
5-21
15. Color Reproduction Adjustment (ND Filter ON)
Adjust the color Separation matrix coefficient so that proper color
reproduction is produced.
Mode STILL
frame)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address 51 to 58, 60 to 63
Note 1: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “Auto

White Balance Standard Data Input”, “Auto White Balance
Adjustment” and “White Balance ND Filter Compensation”.
Adjusting method:
2) Select page: F, address: 27, after noting down the data, set data:
80, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander.
3) Select page: B, address: 67, after noting down the data, set
data: 00, and press the PAUSE button.
4) Check that the picture frame is set to the specified position.
(Refer to “8. Picture Frame Setting”.)
5) Select page: 6, address: 1C, set data: 03, wait for 1 second.
6) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: C3, and press the PAUSE
button
9) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: C1, and press the PAUSE
button.
(The color reproduction adjustment is performed and the
adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 51 to 58, 60 to
63.)
Note: Observe the TV monitor and check that a sign “ ” is indicated
inside each color zone.

button.
2) Select page: 6, address: 1C, and set data: 00
3) Select page: F, address: 27, set the data noted down at step 2)
4) Select page: B, address: 67, set the data noted down at step 3)
5) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00
5-22
16. Color Reproduction Check
Mode STILL
frame)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument NTSC vectorscope (NTSC mode)
PAL vectorscope (PAL mode)
Specified Value Each center of all color luminance
points should settle within each color
reproduction frame.
Menu setting:
1) VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu
............................ NTSC (NTSC mode)
............................ PAL (PAL mode)
Checking method:
PAL mode burst position
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, and set data: FF.
3) Check that the picture frame is set to the specified position.
(Refer to “8. Picture Frame Setting”.)
4) Select page: B, address: 67, after noting down the data, set
data: 00, and press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote
commander.
6) Select page: E, address: 52, after noting down the data, set
data: 0A, and press the PAUSE button.
• ND filter OFF color reproduction check
button.
10) Adjust the GAIN and PHASE of the vectorscope, and adjust
the burst luminance point to the burst position of the color
reproduction frame.
11) Check that each center of all color luminance points is settled
in each color reproduction frame.
• ND filter ON color reproduction check
80, and press the PAUSE button. NTSC mode burst position
13) Select page: 6, address: 1C, set data: 03, and wait for 1 second.
Fig. 5-1-13.
16) Check that each center of all color luminance points is settled
in each color reproduction frame.
17) Select page: F, address: 27, after noted down at step 12), and
press the PAUSE button.

button.
4) Select page: E, address: 52, set the data noted down at step 6)
of “Checking method”, and press the PAUSE button.
5) Select page: B, address: 67, set the data noted down at step 4)
of “Checking method”, and press the PAUSE button.
5-23
17. White Balance Check
Mode STILL • OUTDOOR luminance point check
25) Place the C14 filter on the lens.
Subject Clear chart
(Color reproduction adjustment frame)
27) Select page: E, address: 4B, after noting down the data, set
Measurement Point Display data of Video output data: 20, and press the PAUSE button.
page 1 (Note 2) terminal 28) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 3F, and press the PAUSE
Measuring Adjustment remote Vectorscope button.
29) Check that the center of the white luminance point settles in
Instrument commander
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-14. (B).
Specified Value R ratio: 3E00 to 4200 Fig. 5-1-14.
B ratio: 3E00 to 4200 A to B Processing after Completing Adjustments:
1) Select page: E, address: 4B, set the data noted down at step
Note 1: Refer to “8. Picture Frame setting” for XH, XL, YH and YL.
27), and press the PAUSE button.
Note 2: Displayed data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
button.
Display data
4) Select page: E, address: 52, set the data noted down at step 9)
Checking method:
of "Checking method", and press the PAUSE button.
1) Check that the lens is not covered with any filter.
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 6, address: 90, and set data: XL. (Note1)
R-Y 4mm
3) Select page: 6, address: 91, and set data: XH. (Note1)
4) Select page: 6, address: 92, and set data: YL. (Note1)
5) Select page: 6, address: 93, and set data: YH. (Note1)
6) Select page: 6, address: 6C, and set data: 01. B-Y
button, and wait for 1 second.
4mm
• INDOOR (ND filter OFF) data check Fig. 5-1-14 (A).

9) Select page: E, address: 52, after noting down the data, set
data: 0E, and press the PAUSE button. R-Y
1.0mm
button.
12) Select page: 1, and check that the display data (Note2) satisfies B-Y
6mm
the R ratio specified value. 1.0mm
the B ratio specified value. 6mm
• INDOOR (ND filter ON) data check Fig. 5-1-14 (B).

80, and press the PAUSE button.
the R ratio specified value.
the B ratio specified value.
21) Select page: F, address: 27, set the data noted down at step 14),
and press the PAUSE button.
• INDOOR luminance point check

24) Check that the center of the white luminance point is within
the circle shown Fig. 5-1-14. (A).
5-24
18. Strobe White Balance Adjustment 19. Strobe Light Level and White Balance Check
Adjust the white balance when the strobe light flashes. Check the light level regulation and the white balance when the
Mode STILL strobe light flashes.
Subject A plate which reflection rate is 18 % Mode STILL
(1.0m from the front of the lens) Subject A plate which reflection rate is 18%
Adjustment Page F (1.0 m from the front of the lens)
(Note 1)
Adjustment Address 4D, 4E, 64, 69, 6A, 6B
Measurement Point Display data of page: 1
Note 1: Perform this adjustment in the dark room or use a dark box. Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander
Note 2: Any light other than the strobe light should not light up the plate.
Specified value Y level data: 60 to 94 (Note 4)
Note 3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL
Adjustment”, “Flange Back Adjustment”, “Light Level R-Y data: FA to FF or 00 to 06
Adjustment” and “Auto White Balance Adjustment”. (Note 5)
Note 4: After the power is turned on, this adjustment can be done only B-Y data: FA to FF or 00 to 06
once. (Note 5)
Switch setting: Note 1: Perform this adjustment in the dark room or use a dark box.
1) FLASH .............................................................................. ON Note 2: Any light other than the strobe light should not light up the plate.
2) FLASH emitter ............................................................ OPEN Note 3: This adjustment should be carried out upon completion of “HALL
Adjustment”, “Flange Back Adjustment”, “Light Level
Adjustment”, “Auto White Balance Adjustment” and “Strobe White
Adjusting method: Balance Adjustment”.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. Note 4: Display data of page: F, address: 64 of the adjustment remote
2) Select page: 6, address: 90, and set data: 00. commander.
3) Select page: 6, address: 91, and set data: 00. F : XX : 64
4) Select page: 6, address: 92, and set data: 00. Y level data
5) Select page: 6, address: 93, and set data: C0.
6) Select page: 6, address: 6C, and set data: 01. Note 5: Display data of page 1 of the adjustment remote commander.
1 : XX : XX
B-Y data
8) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 79, and press the PAUSE R-Y data
button.
9) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 67, and press the PAUSE Switch setting:
button. (Check the flashing of the strobe light.) 1) FLASH .............................................................................. ON
10) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE 2) FLASH emitter ............................................................ OPEN
button.
11) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 79, and press the PAUSE Checking method:
button. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
12) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 67, and press the PAUSE 2) Select page: 6, address: 90, and set data: 00.
button. (Check the flashing of the strobe light.) 3) Select page: 6, address: 91, and set data: 00.
13) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE 4) Select page: 6, address: 92, and set data: 00.
button. 5) Select page: 6, address: 93, and set data: C0.
14) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 79, and press the PAUSE 6) Select page: 6, address: 6C, and set data: 01.
button. 7) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 01.
15) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: B9, and press the PAUSE 8) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 79, and press the PAUSE
button. button.
16) Check the flashing of the strobe light. 9) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 67, and press the PAUSE
(The strobe white balance adjustment is performed and the button.
adjustment data is stored in page: F, address: 4D, 4E, 64, 69, 10) Check the flashing of the strobe light.
6A and 6B.) 11) Select page: F, address: 64, and check that the Y level data
17) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data is “01”. satisfies the specified value. (Note4)
Processing after Completing Adjustments: 13) Select page: 1, and check that the R-Y data and B-Y data satisfy
1) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 00. the specified value respectively.(Note5)
3) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE Processing after Completing Adjustments:
button. 1) Select page: 0, address: 03, and set data: 00.
4) Select page: 6, address: 6C, and set data: 00. 2) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 00.
button.
5-25
20. CCD Black Defect Compensation 21. CCD White Defect Compensation
Mode STILL Mode STILL
Subject Clear chart Subject Clear chart
(25 cm from the front of the lens) (25 cm from the front of the lens)
(Note 1) (Note 1)
Adjustment Page 7 Adjustment Page 7
Adjustment Address 60 to 87 Adjustment Address 88 to AF
Note 1: Check that there are no dust, no dirt and no reflection on the clear Note 1: Check that there are no dust, no dirt and no reflection on the clear
chart. chart.
Note 2: Any subject other than the clear chart should not be in the screen. Note 2: Any subject other than the clear chart should not be in the screen.

2) Select page: F, address: DF, after noting down the data, set 2) Select page: F, address: DE, after noting down the data, set
data: 4C, and press the PAUSE button. data: 1E, and press the PAUSE button.
3) Select page: 6, address: 2C, and set data: 01. 3) Select page: F, address: E3, after noting down the data, set data:
4) Select page: 6, address: 90, and set data: 00. 08, and press the PAUSE button.
5) Select page: 6, address: 91, and set data: 03. 4) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 8B, and press the PAUSE
6) Select page: 6, address: 92, and set data: 00. button.
7) Select page: 6, address: 93, and set data: 00. (The CCD white defect compensation is performed and the
8) Select page: 6, address: 6C, and set data: 01. adjustment data is stored in page: 7, address: 88 to AF.)
9) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 79, and press the PAUSE 5) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to
button. “01”.
10) Select page: 6, address: 30, set data: 01, and press the PAUSE 6) Select page: 6, address: 55, and check the data.
button and wait for 4 seconds. 00 to 7F : Normal
11) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 8D, and press the PAUSE 80 to FF : Defective
button. 7) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
(The CCD black defect compensation is performed and the button.
adjustment data is stored in page: 7, address: 60 to 87.) 8) Select page: F, address: DE, set data: 0F, and press the PAUSE
12) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to button.
“01”. 9) Select page: F, address: E3, set data: A0, and press the PAUSE
13) Select page: 6, address: 55, and check the data. button.
00 to 0A : Normal 10) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 87, and press the PAUSE
0B to FF : Defective button. (White defect check)
14) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE 11) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to
button. “01”.
15) Select page: F, address: DF, set data: 5A, and press the PAUSE 12) Select page: 6, address: 55, and check the data.
button. 00 : Normal
16) Select page: 6, address: 01, set data: 89, and press the PAUSE 01 to FF : Defective
button. (Black defect check)
17) Select page: 6, address: 02, and check that the data changes to Processing after Completing Adjustments:
“01”. 1) Select page: F, address: DE, set the data noted down at step 2),
18) Select page: 6, address: 55, and check the data. and press the PAUSE button.
00 : Normal 2) Select page: F, address: E3, set the data noted down at step 3),
01 to FF : Defective and press the PAUSE button.
Processing after Completing Adjustments: PAUSE button.
1) Select page: F, address: DF, set the data noted down at step 2), 4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
and press the PAUSE button.
PAUSE button.
5-26
22. Steady shot adjustment Adjusting method:
• Perform the steady shot adjustment only when replacing the 1) Expose pattern A with the zoom TELE end.
angular velocity sensor. When the microprocessor, circuit, etc. 2) Adjust the inclination of the camera so that the vertical black
malfunctions, do not perform this adjustment but check operations line comes to the center of the screen.
only. 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
• Record the sensitivity label of the angular velocity sensor (repair 4) Select page: B, address: FF, set data: 08, and press the pause
part), including to which side of the board it was attached to, etc. button of the adjustment remote commander.
If it has been attached incorrectly, the image will move up and 5) Turn off the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
down or to the left and right during steady shot operation. Be commander.
sure to take note of this. 6) Adjust to the falling edge of the waveform with vertical scale
on the oscilloscope. (Oscilloscope is H period).
Precautions on the Parts Replacement 7) Turn on the HOLD switch.
There are two types of repair parts. 8) Select page: B, address: FF, set data: 09, and press the pause
Type A ENC03JA button of the adjustment remote commander.
Type B ENC03JB At this time, measure the moving amount t1 (µsec) of the falling
Replace the broken sensor with a same type sensor. If replace with edge of the waveform.
other type parts, the image will vibrate up and down or left and 9) Turn off the HOLD switch.
right during hand-shake correction operations. After replacing, re- 10) Obtain DAD’ using the following equation (decimal calculation).
adjust according to the adjusting method after replacement. DAD’ = (4.0/t1)×[1.01/(Yaw sensor sensitivity)]×94
Note: The Yaw sensor sensitivity (SE151) of CD-245 board) is labeled
Precautions on Angular Velocity Sensor only on the repair part.
The sensor incorporates a precision oscillator. Handle it with care 11) Raise DAD’ to a whole number, convert it to a hexadecimal digit
as if it dropped, the balance of the oscillator will be disrupted and and take this as DAD. (Refer to Table 5-2-1. “Hexadecimal -
operations will not be performed properly. Decimal conversion table” of “5-2. SERVICE MODE”.)
12) Turn on the HOLD switch.
Switch setting: 13) Select page: F, address: AD, set data: DAD, and press the pause
1) Steady Shot (FRONT SW block) ...................................... ON button of the adjustment remote commander.
14) Select page: B, address: FF, set data: 08, and press the pause
22-1. Steady Shot Adjustment (1) button.
Subject Pattern A
(1.5m from the front of the protection
glass)
2) Turn off the HOLD switch.
Measurement Point Video output terminal 3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope (H period)
Adjustment Page F H
Adjustment Address AD
Pattern A
White
White
Black
A4 size (297mm × 210mm)
Fig. 5-1-15.
Falling edge of Falling edge of
waveform when waveform when
data is “08” data is “09”
t1 (µsec)
Fig. 5-1-16.
5-27
22-2. Steady Shot Adjustment (2)
Subject Pattern B
(1.5m from the front of the protection
glass)
Measurement Point Video output terminal
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope (V period)
Adjustment Page F
Adjustment Address AC
Pattern B V
White
Black
White
A4 size (297mm × 210mm)

Fig. 5-1-17.
Adjusting method:
1) Expose pattern B with the zoom TELE end.
2) Adjust the inclination of the camera so that the horizontal black
line comes to the center of the screen.
4) Select page: B, address: FE, set data: 08, and press the pause
Falling edge of Falling edge of
waveform when waveform when
5) Turn off the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote data is “08” data is “09”
commander.
6) Adjust to the falling edge of the waveform with vertical scale
on the oscilloscope. (Oscilloscope is V period).
8) Select page: B, address: FE, set data: 09, and press the pause t2 (msec)
button of the adjustment remote commander. Fig. 5-1-18.
At this time, measure the moving amount t2 (msec) of the falling
edge of the waveform.
10) Obtain DAC’ using the following equation (decimal calculation).
DAC’ = (2.5/t2)×[1.00/ (Pitch sensor sensitivity)]×104
Note: The pitch sensor sensitivity (SE150) of CD-245 board) is labeled
only on the repair part.
11) Raise DAC’ to a whole number, convert it to a hexadecimal digit
and take this as DAC. (Refer to Table 5-2-1. “Hexadecimal -
Decimal conversion table” of “5-2. SERVICE MODE”.)
13) Select page: F, address: AC, set data: DAC, and press the pause
14) Select page: B, address: FE, set data: 08, and press the pause
button.

3) Check that the steady shot operation is performed normally.
5-28
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
Before perform the LCD system adjustments, check that the specified 1-5-1. LCD Type Check
values of “VIDEO SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT” are satisfied. By measuring the resistor value between Pin qd of CN803 and Pin
Note 1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC 4 of CN803, the type of LCD can be discriminated.
power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to
avoid electrical shock. Resistor value LCD type Adjustment
Note 2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages 4.7 kΩ TYPE SH Perform “1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM
caused by static electricity.
Note 3: Set the LCD BRIGHT (Menu) to the center. 47 kΩ TYPE CA ADJUSTMENT
[Adjusting connector]
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are
concentrated in CN803 of FC-72 board.
Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-12 jig (J-6082-
436-A).
The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN803
of FC-72 board.
Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name
1 FDDRF B 12 LANC OUT
2 FDDRF A 13 MAKER RECOG
3 INDEX 14 PF7
4 REG GND 15 TXD
5 XCPC IN 16 RXD
6 TRAK 00 17 RESET
7 HSY 18 HI VDD
8 COM 19 EVF BL+
9 VG 20 EVF BL 4.75 V
10 HI UNREG 21 EVF VG
11 LANC IN 22 EVF VCO
CPC lid
Screw driver (–)
22 CPC-12 jig
1 22
FC-72 board 1
Fig. 5-1-19.
5-29
1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
1. LCD Initial Data Input 2. VCO Adjustment (PK-49 board)

Mode PLAY Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will
be blurred.
Signal Arbitrary
Mode PLAY
Adjustment Page D
Signal Arbitrary
Adjustment Address D0 to D9, DC to DF
Measurement Point Pin 7 of CN803 of FC-72 board
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD (HSY)
type. Measuring Instrument Frequency counter
Adjustment Page D
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. Adjustment Address D7 (NTSC)
2) Select page: D, and input the data in the following table. DD (PAL)
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander Specified Value LCD TYPE SH:
each time to set the data. f = 15734 ± 30 Hz (NTSC)
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. f = 15745 ± 30 Hz (PAL)
Data LCD TYPE CA:
Address Remark f = 15734 ± 30 Hz (NTSC)
LCD TYPE SH LCD TYPE CA
f = 15945 ± 30 Hz (PAL)
D0 A2 B2 Bright adj.
D1 66 63 Color adj. Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
D2 A8 A0 White balance adj. type.
D3 7A 6A White balance adj.
Menu setting:
D4 B8 C0 Contrast adj.
VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu ............................................ NTSC
D5 B0 54 D range adj. (This adjustment must be performed in NTSC mode, so don’t set
D6 7C 8A V-COM level adj. the menu setting to “PAL”.)
D7 6F 6F VCO adj. (NTSC)
D8 74 8A V-COM adj. Adjusting method:
D9 7E 73 Fixed data 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
2) Select page: 5, address: F0, set data: 01.
DC C0 B5 Fixed data
3) Select page: D, address: D7, change the data and set the HSY
DD 6F 4F VCO adj. (PAL) frequency (f) to the NTSC specified value.
DE 13 13 Fixed data 4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
DF 00 00 Fixed data 5) Select page: D, address: DD, change the data and set the HSY
frequency (f) to the PAL specified value.
5-30
3. D Range Adjustment (PK-49 board) 4. Bright Adjustment (PK-49 board)
Set the D range of the LCD driver to the specified value. If deviated, Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
the LCD screen will become blackish or saturated (whitish). value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
Mode PLAY (whitish).
Signal Arbitrary Mode PLAY
Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board Signal Arbitrary
(VG) Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board
External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of (VG)
FC-72 board (COM) External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope FC-72 board (COM)
Adjustment Page D Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Address D5 Adjustment Page D
Specified Value LCD TYPE SH: A = 3.62 ± 0.05V Adjustment Address D0
LCD TYPE CA: A = 2.50 ± 0.05V Specified Value LCD TYPE SH: A = 2.05 ± 0.05V
LCD TYPE CA: A = 1.32 ± 0.05V
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type. Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. Adjusting method:
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) Select page: D, address: D5, change the data and set the voltage 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03.
(A) between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed 3) Select page: 2, address: 10, set data: 01.
waveform pedestal to the specified value. 4) Select page: D, address: D0, change the data and set the voltage
4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. (A) between the pedestal and GAMMA1 limiter level to the
5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00. specified value.
6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. 5) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
6) Select page: 2, address: 10, set data: 00.
Pedestal GAMMA 1 limiter level
2H 2H
Pedestal Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-20. Fig. 5-1-21.
5-31
5. Contrast Adjustment (PK-49 board) 6. Color Adjustment (PK-49 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified Set the color saturation to the standard value. If deviated, the color
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated will be too dark or light.
(whitish). Mode PLAY
Mode PLAY Signal Arbitrary
Signal Arbitrary Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board
Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board (VG)
(VG) External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of
External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of FC-72 board (COM)
FC-72 board (COM) Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Address D1
Adjustment Address D4 Specified Value LCD TYPE SH: A = 500 ± 50mV
Specified Value LCD TYPE SH: A = 3.17 ± 0.07V LCD TYPE CA: A = 360 ± 50mV
LCD TYPE CA: A = 2.35 ± 0.07V
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD type.
type.
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method: 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 04.
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03. 3) Select page: D, address: D1, change the data and set the voltage
3) Select page: D, address: D4, change the data and set the voltage (A) between the white 100% (Reference level) and green to
(A) between the pedestal and 10 steps peak to the specified the specified value.
value. 4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00.
5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00. 6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
10 steps peak
White 100 %
A
Green
2H
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-22. Fig. 5-1-23.
5-32
7. V-COM Level Adjustment (PK-49 board) 8. V-COM Adjustment (PK-49 board)
Set the common electrode drive signal level of LCD to the specified Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the
value. specified value.
Mode PLAY If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and
conspicuous vertical lines.
Signal Arbitrary
Mode PLAY
Measurement Point Pin 8 of CN803 of FC-72 board
(COM) Signal Arbitrary
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Measurement Point
Check on LCD display
Adjustment Page D Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Address D6 Adjustment Page D
Specified Value LCD TYPE SH: A = 6.50 ± 0.05V Adjustment Address D8
LCD TYPE CA: A = 5.65 ± 0.05V Specified Value The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum.
type. Note: Perform “Bright Adjustment” and “Contrast Adjustment” before this
adjustment.
Adjusting method:
2) Select page: D, address: D6, change the data and set the V- 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
COM signal level (A) to the specified value. 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 02.
3) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 3) Select page: 2, address: 10, set data: 02.
4) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. 4) Select page: D, address: D8, change the data so that the
brightness of the section A and that of the section B is equal.
B A
A B
A
B A
A B
2H
Fig. 5-1-24. Fig. 5-1-25.
5-33
9. White Balance Adjustment (PK-49 board)
Correct the white balance.
If deviated, the LCD screen color cannot be reproduced.
Mode PLAY
Signal Arbitrary
Measurement Point
Check on LCD display
Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address D2, D3
Specified Value The LCD screen should not be
colored.
Note 1: Use the AC power adaptor during this adjustment.

Note 2: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
If necessary, adjust them.
1. LCD panel
2. Light induction plate
3. IC802
Adjusting method:
3) Select page: D, address: D2 and D3, set the data to the initial
value.
Address
Remark
D2 D3
A8 7A LCD TYPE SH
Data
A0 6A LCD TYPE CA
4) Check that the LCD screen is not colored. If colored, change

the data of page: D, address: D2 and D3 so that the LCD screen
is not colored.
Note: To write in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM), press the
PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander each time
to set the data.
5-34
Ver 1.1 2000. 07
1-6. COLOR ELECTRONIC VIEWFINDER 1. Initial Data Input

SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT Mode PLAY
Signal Arbitrary
Before perform the color electronic viewfinder system adjustments,
Adjustment Page D
check that the specified values of “VIDEO SYSTEM
ADJUSTMENT” are satisfied. Adjustment Address C0 to CD
Note1: The back light (fluorescent tube) is driven by a high voltage AC
power supply. Therefore, do not touch the back light holder to Adjusting method:
avoid electrical shock. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
Note2: When replacing the LCD unit, be careful to prevent damages 2) Select page: D, and input the data in the following table.
caused by static electricity. Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
Note3: Cover the lens of the viewfinder with a white paper, or perform each time to set the data.
the following data setting. (Except for the eye sensor adjustment.) 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Data setting during viewfinder system adjustments: Address Data Remark

Perform the following data setting before the viewfinder system C0 67 Fixed data
adjustments. (Except for the eye sensor adjustment.) C1 A0 White balance adj.
1) Select page: 2, address: 11, and set data: 80. C2 70 White balance adj.
After completing the viewfinder system adjustments, release the
C3 40 Fixed data
data setting.
1) Select page: 2, address: 11, and set data: 00. C4 57 Fixed data
C5 60 VCO adj. (NTSC)
[Adjusting connector] C6 B0 Backlight consumption current adj.
Most of the measuring points for adjusting the LCD system are C7 A8 Fixed data
concentrated in CN803 of FC-72 board. C8 00 Fixed data
Connect the Measuring Instruments via the CPC-12 jig (J-6082-
C9 24 Bright adj. (NTSC)
436-A).
The following table shows the Pin No. and signal name of CN803 CA 80 Contrast adj. (NTSC)
of FC-72 board. CB 20 Bright adj. (PAL)
Pin No. Signal Name Pin No. Signal Name CC 80 Contrast adj. (PAL)
CD 60 VCO adj. (PAL)
1 FDDRF B 12 LANC OUT
2 FDDRF A 13 MAKER RECOG
3 INDEX 14 PF7
4 REG GND 15 TXD
5 XCPC IN 16 RXD
6 TRAK 00 17 RESET
7 HSY 18 HI VDD
8 COM 19 EVF BL+
9 VG 20 EVF BL 4.75 V
10 HI UNREG 21 EVF VG CPC lid
11 LANC IN 22 EVF VCO
Table 5-1-9.
Screw driver (–)
22 CPC-12 jig
1 22
FC-72 board 1
Fig. 5-1-26.
5-35
2. VCO Adjustment (VF-143 board) 3. Contrast Adjustment (VF-143 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the EVF screen will be Set the power supply voltage for driving the LCD to the specified
blurred. value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
Mode PLAY (whitish).
Measurement Point Pin ws of CN803 of FC-72 board Signal Arbitrary
(EVF VCO) Measurement Point Pin wa of CN803 of FC-72 board
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope (DC range) (EVF VG)
Adjustment Page D Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Address C5 (NTSC) Adjustment Page D
CD (PAL) Adjustment Address CA (NTSC)
Specified Value A = 1.70 ± 0.06V (NTSC) CC (PAL)
A = 1.25 ± 0.06V (PAL) Specified Value A = 2.12 ± 0.10V (NTSC)
A = 2.16 ± 0.10V (PAL)
Menu setting:
VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu .................................... NTSC Menu setting:
(This adjustment must be performed in NTSC mode, so don’t VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu .................................... NTSC
set the menu setting to “PAL”.) (This adjustment must be performed in NTSC mode, so don’t
set the menu setting to “PAL”.)
Adjusting method:
2) Check the GND level of the oscilloscope. 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
3) Select page: D, address: C5, change the data and set the VCO 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03.
output voltage (A) to the PAL specified value. 3) Select page: D, address: CA, change the data and set the voltage
4) Select page: D, address: C5, read the data, and this data is named (A) between the pedestal and 10 steps peak to the NTSC
DC5. specified value.
5) Select page: D, address: CD, set data: DC5, and press the PAUSE 4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
button. 5) Select page: D, address: CC, change the data and set the voltage
6) Select page: D, address: C5, change the data and set the VCO (A) between the pedestal and 10 steps peak to the PAL specified
output voltage (A) to the NTSC specified value. value.
7) Press the PAUSE button. 6) Press the PAUSE button.
8) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. 7) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00.
GND level
(0Vdc) 10 steps peak
Fig. 5-1-27.
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-28.
5-36
4. Bright Adjustment (VF-143 board) 5. Backlight Consumption Current Adjustment
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified (VF-143 board)
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated Set the backlight luminance and color temperature.
(whitish). If deviated, the image may become dark or bright.
Mode PLAY Mode PLAY
Signal Arbitrary Signal Arbitrary
Measurement Point Pin wa of CN803 of FC-72 board Measurement Point + Probe: Pin ql of CN803 of FC-72
(EVF VG) board (EVF BL+)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope – Probe: Pin w; of CN803 of FC-72
board (EVF BL 4.75V)
Adjustment Page D
Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
Adjustment Address C9 (NTSC)
CB (PAL) Adjustment Page D
Specified Value A = 7.2 ± 0.1V (NTSC) Adjustment Address C6
A = 7.3 ± 0.1V (PAL) Specified Value A=15.0 ± 1.0mVdc
Note: This adjustment and “Contrast Adjustment” must be repeated Note: Adjust 30 seconds after running on the power supply.
alternately until both specifications are satisfied simultaneously
(called tracking adjustment). Adjusting method:
Menu setting: 2) Select page: D, address: C6, change the data and set the voltage
VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu .................................... NTSC difference (A) between Pin ql of CN803 (EVF BL+) and Pin
(This adjustment must be performed in NTSC mode, so don’t w; of CN803 (EVF BL 4.75V) to the specified value
set the menu setting to “PAL”.) 3) Press the PAUSE button of the adjusting remote commander.
Adjusting method:
3) Select page: D, address: C9, change the data and set the voltage
(A) between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed
waveform pedestal to the NTSC specified value.
5) Select page: D, address: CB, change the data and set the voltage
(A) between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed
waveform pedestal to the PAL spacified value.
9) Check that the specified value of the “Contrast Adjustment” is
satisfied at this time. If it is found that the specified value is not
satisfied, perform “Contrast Adjustment” again, then perform
“Bright Adjustment” once again.
Pedestal
Pedestal
2H
Fig. 5-1-29.
5-37
6. White Balance Adjustment (VF-143 board) 7. Eye Sensor Adjustment (VF-143 board)
Correct the white balance. Adjust the eye sensor, and maintain at the level at which the backlight
If deviated, the EVF screen color cannot be reproduced. is AUTO ON.
Mode PLAY Mode Camera
Signal Arbitrary Subject Arbitrary
Measurement Point Measurement Point
Check on LCD display Display data of page 2, address: 82
Measuring Instrument Measuring Instrument
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address C1, C2 Adjustment Address EC
Specified Value The EVF screen should not be Specified Value 0A (15cm away)
colored. 0E (8cm away)
Note: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts. If Note1: Do not perform this adjustment in strong light or under lights.
necessary, adjust them. Note2: During this adjustment release the data setting for the viewfinder.
1. LCD panel Select page: 2, address: 11, and set data: 00.
3. IC502 Adjustment preparation:
1) Prepare a 30cm × 30cm gray paper, and place it 10 cm away
Adjusting method: from the EVF lens.
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 02. Adjusting method:
3) Select page: D, address: C1 and C2, set the data to the initial 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
value. 2) Place the gray paper 10cm away from the EVF lens.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander 3) Select page: 2, address: 82, read the data, and this data is named
Dref.
Address C1 C2 4) Convert Dref to decimal notation, and obtain Dref’. (Refer to
Data A0 70 Table 5-2-1. Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table.).
5) Calculate DEC’ using following equation (Decimal calculation).
convert it to a hexadecimal number, and input to address: EC.
4) Check that the EVF screen is not colored. If colored, change
DEC’ = Dref’ – 10
the data of page: D, address: C1 and C2 so that the EVF screen
is not colored.
Note: To write in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM), press the
to set the data. Checking method:
5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00. 1) Place the gray paper 15cm away from the EVF lens.
6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. 2) Select page: 2, address: 41, and check that the data is “0A”.
3) Place the gray paper 8cm away from the EVF lens.
4) Select page: 2, address: 41, and check that the data is “0E”.
5-38
1-7. SYSTEM CONTROL SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
1. Battery End Adjustment (FC-72 board)

Check the battery end voltage. Adjusting method:
Mode STILL 1) Adjust the output voltage of the regulated power supply so that
the digital voltmeter display is 6.1 ± 0.1Vdc.
Subject All black (Cover the lens with a black
2) Turn off the power supply.
cap)
3) Turn on the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote
Measurement Point Display data of page: 2, address: 52 commander.
Measuring Instrument Adjustment remote commander 4) Turn on the power supply.
Adjustment Page D 5) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
6) Decrease the output voltage of the regulated power supply so
that the digital voltmeter display is 5.50 ± 0.01Vdc.
7) Select page: 2, address: 52, read the data, and this data is named
Switch setting:
Dref.
FOCUS .................................................................. MANUAL
8) Select page: D, address: 90, set data: Dref, and press the PAUSE
STEADY SHOT ............................................................... OFF
9) Convert Dref to decimal notation, and obtain Dref’. (Refer to
Connection:
Table 5-2-1. “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table” of “5-2.
1) Connect the regulated power supply and the digital voltmeter
Service mode”)
to the battery terminal as shown in Fig. 5-1-30.
10) Calculate D91', D92', D93', and D94 using following equations
(decimal calculation), convert it to a hexadecimal number, and
input each adjustment address.
Address: 91 D91' = Dref’+5
Note: After setting each data, be sure to press the PAUSE button.
Digital voltmeter
Cover the lens with a black cap.
Regulated power supply
Power cable
(J-6082-223-A)
Shorten this cable as much as possible.

(Bellow 20cm)
Fig. 5-1-30.
5-39
2. Alignment Check (FDD UNIT)
Confirm that the FDD alignment is within the specifications.
If deviated, reading and writing data from and to the floppy disk
become impossible. Or compatibility of the floppy disk with other
machines can be lost.
Mode Playback
Signal Alignment disks (TFD2-1(+) and
TFD2-2(–)): Arbitrary signal
Measurement Point
Check on LCD screen
Specified Value The playback pictures should be
normal.
Checking method:
1) Disconnect the adjustment remote commander.
2) Insert the alignment disk TFD2-1(+) (+17.5 µm).
3) Playback arbitrary signal and check that the playback picture
is normal.
4) Insert the alignment disk TFD2-2(–) (–17.5 µm).
5) Playback arbitrary signal and check that the playback picture
is normal.
[Alignment disk]
Use the alignment disks (two disks as pair) shown in below.
Disk-1: TFD2-1(+) (Parts code: 8-967-990-01)
Disk-2: TFD2-2(–) (Parts code: 8-967-990-11)
Contents of alignment disk

TFD2-1(+): (Common signal) + (+17.5 µm alignment)
TFD2-2(–): (Common signal) + (–17.5 µm alignment)
Common signal
File name Signal
MVC-001C.JPG Color bars
MVC-002M.JPG Monoscope
MVC-003V.JPG V-COM adjustment signal
MVC-004W.JPG 100% white
MVC-005H.JPG 50% white
MVC-006T.JPG Stair-step signal of 10 step
MVC-007R.JPG Red single color
MVC-008G.JPG Green single color
MVC-009B.JPG Blue single color
MVC-010D.JPG Camera color bars
MVC-011N.JPG Camera monoscope
5-40
5-2. SERVICE MODE
2-1. ADJUSTMENT REMOTE COMMANDER
The adjustment remote commander is used for changing the
calculation coefficient in signal processing, EVR data, etc. The
adjustment remote commander performs bi-directional
communication with the unit using the remote commander signal
line (LANC). The resultant data of this bi-directional communication
is written in the non-volatile memory.
1. Using the Adjustment Remote Commander 2. Precautions Upon Using

1) Connect the adjustment remote commander to the following the Adjustment Remote Commander
connector or jack. Mishandling of the adjustment remote commander may erase the
• CN803 of FC-72 board via CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A) correct adjustment data at times. To prevent this, it is recommended
• LANC jack that all adjustment data be noted down before beginning adjustments
2) Set the HOLD switch of the adjustment remote commander to and new adjustment data after each adjustment.
“HOLD” (SERVICE position). If it has been properly
connected, the LCD on the adjustment remote commander will
display as shown in Fig. 5-2-1.
Page Data Address
Fig. 5-2-1.
3) Operate the adjustment remote commander as follows.

• Changing the page
The page increases when the EDIT SEARCH+ button is
pressed, and decreases when the EDIT SEARCH– button is
pressed. There are altogether 16 pages, from 0 to F.
Hexadecimal
notation 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
LCD Display 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A b c d E F
Decimal notation
conversion value 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1011 12 1314 15
• Changing the address

The address increases when the FF (M) button is pressed,
and decreases when the REW (m) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 addresses, from 00 to FF.
• Changing the data (Data setting)
The data increases when the PLAY (N) button is pressed,
and decreases when the STOP (x) button is pressed. There
are altogether 256 data, from 00 to FF.
• Writing the adjustment data
The PAUSE button must be pressed to write the adjustment
data (B, D, E, F, 7 page) in the nonvolatile memory. (The
new adjusting data will not be recorded in the nonvolatile
memory if this step is not performed.)
4) After completing all adjustments, turn off the main power
supply once.
5-41
2-2. DATA PROCESS
The calculation of the DDS display and the adjustment remote
commander display data (hexadecimal notation) are required for
obtaining the adjustment data of some adjustment items. In this case,
after converting the hexadecimal notation to decimal notation,
calculate and convert the result to hexadecimal notation, and use it
as the adjustment data. Indicates the hexadecimal-decimal
conversion table.
Hexadecimal-decimal Conversion Table 2

Lower digit of
hexadecimal 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F
Upper digit (A) (b) (c) (d) (E) (F)
of hexadecimal
0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
2 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47
3 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63
4 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 77 76 77 78 79
5 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95
6 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111
7 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127
8 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143
9 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159
A (A) 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175
1 B (b) 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191
C (c) 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207
D (d) 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223
E (E) 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239
F (F) 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255
Note: The characters shown in the parenthesis ( ) shown the display on the adjustment remote commander.
(Example) If the DDS display or the adjustment remote commander shows BD (bd);
Because the upper digit of the adjustment number is B (b), and the lower digit is D (d), the meeting point
“189” of 1 and 2 in the above table is the corresponding decimal number.
Table. 5-2-1.
5-42
2-3. SERVICE MODE
1. Setting the Test Mode 3. Emergency Memory Address of Flash Unit

Page D Address 10 Page D Address 67
Data Function Data Function

00 Normal 00 No error
01 Forced STILL mode power ON 04 Flash unit emergency
02 Forced PLAY mode power ON
03 Forced MOVIE mode power ON Using method:
1) When emergency occurs in the flash unit, the data
• Before setting the data, select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: corresponding to the error is written in the address
01. Note: When replacing the flash unit, initialize this data.
• For page D, the data set is recorded in the non-volatile memory
by pressing the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote Initializing method:
commander. In this case, take note that the test mode will not be 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
exited even when the main power is turned off. 2) Select page: D, address: 67, set data: 00, and press the PAUSE
• After completing adjustments/repairs, be sure to return the data button of the adjustment remote commander.
of this address to “00”, and press the PAUSE button of the 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
adjustment remote commander.
Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
2. Bit Value Discrimination

Bit values must be discriminated using the display data of the
adjustment remote commander for following items. Use the table
below to discriminate if the bit value is “1” or “0”.
Display on the adjustment remote commander
Address
Page bit3 to bit0 discrimination
bit7 to bit4 discrimination
Display on the Bit values

adjustment bit3 bit2 bit1 bit0
remote or or or or
commander bit7 bit6 bit5 bit4
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 1
2 0 0 1 0
3 0 0 1 1
4 0 1 0 0
5 0 1 0 1
6 0 1 1 0
7 0 1 1 1
A 8 1 0 0 0
9 1 0 0 1
A (A) 1 0 1 0
B (b) 1 0 1 1
C (c) 1 1 0 0
D (d) 1 1 0 1
B E (E) 1 1 1 0
F (F ) 1 1 1 1
Example: If “8E” is displayed on the adjustment remote commander, the
bit values for bit7 to bit4 are shown in the A column, and the
bit values for bit3 to bit0 are shown in the B column.
5-43
4. Record of Use check
Page D Address 6C to 6F
Address Function Remarks
6C Recording counter Counter data 1
6D (Hexadecimal) Counter data 2
6E Counter data 3
6F Recording counter (Hexadecimal) / Counter data 4
MC CAM emergency Note: When this data is “80” to “FF”, the MC CAM (FC-72 board IC501) is abnormal.
Note: When replacing the floppy disk drive unit, initialize these data.
Using method:
1) The recording counter data is displayed at page: D, addresses:
6C to 6F. These data are named D 6C, D6D, D 6E and D 6F
respectively.
2) Convert D6C, D6D, D6E and D6F to decimal notation, and obtain
D6C’, D6D’, D6E’ and D6F’.
(Refer to Table 5-2-1. “Hexadecimal-decimal conversion table”)
3) Calculate the recording counter (N) using following equation.
(Decimal calculation)
N = D6C’ + D6D’ × 256 + D6E’ × 65536 + D6F’ × 16777216
Initializing method:
2) Select page: D, address: 6C to 6F, and write data: 00 to each
address.
5. Self Diagnostics Log check

Page 2 Address 90 to A2
Address Function Example:

90 1st error occurrence code C : 32 : 01
Address : 92, 95, 98, 9B, 9E, A1
91
Address : 91, 94, 97, 9A, 9D, A0
92 Address : 90, 93, 96, 99, 9C, 9F (Note)
93 2nd error occurrence code
94 Note: “C” → “01”
“E” → “03”
95
96 3rd error occurrence code
97
98
99 4th error occurrence code
9A
9B
9C 5th error occurrence code
9D
9E
9F 6th error occurrence code
A0
A1
A2 Numbers of error occurrence (0 to 6)
Using method:
1) The self diagnostics log is displayed at page: 2, addresses: 90
to A2.
Note: This data will be erased when the battery or DC power supply
is removed.
5-44
6. Switch Check (1)
Page 2 Address 43
Bit Function When bit value = 1 When bit value = 0

0 XPOWER SW OFF ON
(PK-49 board S703)
1 XCAM/PLAY SW PLAY STILL or MOVIE
(PK-49 board S708)
2 SHUTTR SW OFF ON
3 XSHUTTER LOCK SW OFF ON
(ZOOM/RELEASE block)
4 DISK IN SW (FDD unit) IN OUT
5
6
7 XSTILL/MOVIE SW MOVIE STILL or PLAY
(PK-49 board S710)
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 43.
2) By discriminating the bit value of display data, the state of the
switches can be discriminated.
7. Switch Check (2)

Page 2 Address 54 to 58
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 54 to 58.
2) By discriminating the display data, the pressed key can be
discriminated.
Data
Address
00 to 12 13 to 3A 3B to 62 63 to 87 88 to B3 B4 to D5 D6 to FF
54
MACRO FOCUS MANUAL FOCUS AUTO
(KEY AD0)
(CF-074 board) (CF-074 board) (CF-074 board)
(IC404 uk)
55 CONTROL DOWN CONTROL UP DISPLAY VOLUME + VOLUME – LCD ON/OFF
(KEY AD1) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) No key input
(IC404 ul) (S701) (S701) (S702) (S704) (S706) (S711)
56 CONTROL RIGHT CONTROL LEFT CONTROL SET FLASH
(KEY AD2) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) (PK-49 board) No key input
(IC404 i;) (S701) (S701) (S701) (S705)
57 STEADY SHOT STEADY SHOT
(KEY AD1) ON OFF
(IC404 ia) (CF-074 board) (CF-074 board)
58 WHITE BALANCE
+ – PROGRAM AE WHITE BALANCE SPOT METER
(KEY AD1) PUSH AUTO No key input
(AE-022 board) (AE-022 board) (AE-022 board) (AE-022 board) (AE-022 board)
(IC404 is) (S707)
8. LED Check
Page 2 Address 06 Bit1
Using method:
1) Select page: 2, address: 06, and set the bit value of Bit1 to “1”.
2) Check that all LED except for the ACCESS LED are lit.
3) Select page: 2, address: 06, and set the bit value of Bit1 to “0”.
5-45E
MVC-FD95
SECTION 6
REPAIR PARTS LIST
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may • Abbreviation The components identified by mark 0or
have some differences from the original one. CND : Canadian model. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they AUS : Australian model. Replace only with part number specified.
are seldom required for routine service. Some HK : Hong Kong model. Les composants identifiés par une marque
delay should be anticipated when ordering these KR : Korea model. 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
items. JE : Tourist model. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
• The mechanical parts with no reference number J : Japanese model. le numéro spécifié.
in the exploded views are not supplied.
6-1-1. OVERALL ASSEMBLY SECTION
5
10
9
5
11 5
C
5
B 5
A
7
5
D
E G
C
2
-7 F
5 FCard
Bo ED
F
6 G 8
6
1 B
A
2
3 4
5
not 5
supplied
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
1 1-678-338-11 FP-175 FLEXIBLE BOARD 7 X-3950-691-1 CAP ASSY, LENS
2 A-7096-165-A FC-72(95) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) 8 3-062-043-01 STRING CAP
* 3 3-062-814-01 FRAME, FDD 9 3-724-511-51 SHOE, ACCESSORY
4 1-772-563-11 DRIVE, FLOPPY DISK 10 3-056-624-01 LOCK ACE, +K SCREW (M2)
5 3-968-729-91 SCREW(M2), LOCK ACE, P2 11 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
6 7-627-854-07 PRECISION SCREW +P 2X2.5 TYPE3
6-1
6-1-2. TOP CABINET ASSEMBLY SECTION
71 H
65 G
H 68
D
51 68 70
61
G 66
not
A supplied 67 60
62
not I
supplied 63 51 not
supplied
E 55
51 71
56 55
59
B
58
not not
supplied supplied
55 not MIC901
55 F supplied A
F
52 54 69
Included in 71 B 51
C
53 64
51 C
not
supplied 72
E D
I
52 57
51
51
51 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 63 3-060-868-01 BUTTON, OPEN
52 1-418-896-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (ZOOM BLOCK 360) 64 3-062-299-01 SHEET, MICROPHONE
(ZOOM AND SHUTTER) 65 3-060-902-01 CABINET (UPPER), ST
53 3-060-905-01 HOLDER (360), SW 66 X-3950-615-1 BLIND ASSY
54 A-7074-451-A MA-379 BOARD, COMPLETE 67 3-060-871-01 BASE, TILT
55 3-968-729-91 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
68 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2
56 1-678-328-11 FP-174 FLEXIBLE BOARD 69 X-3950-614-1 GRILLE ASSY, MICROPHONE
57 1-678-325-11 FP-171 FLEXIBLE BOARD 70 X-3950-613-1 ST ASSY
58 A-7074-452-A AE-022 BOARD, COMPLETE 0 71 1-476-069-11 FLASH UNIT
59 3-060-898-01 BUTTON, AE * 72 3-062-816-01 SHEET, WATERPROOF
60 3-695-567-01 WASHER (1.4), SPECIAL
MIC901 1-542-428-11 MICROPHONE UNIT
61 X-3950-612-1 CABINET ASSY, TOP
62 3-060-913-01 STOPPER, SHOE
Note : Note :
6-2
6-1-3. EVF BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION
108
109 107
106
not
supplied
110
101
I 103
J
104
not
supplied
106
LCD902 not supplied
not supplied
105
102 not supplied
106
J
101 X-3950-617-1 LENS ASSY, VF 107 X-3950-616-1 CABINET ASSY, VF
102 1-678-327-12 FP-173 FLEXIBLE BOARD 108 3-060-836-01 KNOB, VISIBILITY ADJUSTMENT
103 3-060-922-01 LID, VF 109 3-950-044-01 RING, O
104 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 110 3-060-921-01 ARM, VISIBILITY ADJUSTMENT
105 3-058-233-01 ILLUMINATOR (97), BL LCD902 8-753-026-77 LCX033AK-J
106 A-7074-453-A VF-143 BOARD, COMPLETE
6-3
6-1-4. CABINET (FRONT) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION
174
171
159 167 170
155
166 169
176
168
165 172 163
164 174
BT901
A
A B
174
155
174 B
155 155
156
162 175
155
not
not supplied
supplied
157
not
177 154 supplied
161 173
160 153
158
151
152
151 3-060-842-01 LID, BATTERY 165 3-050-468-01 SCREW, TRIPOD
152 3-058-748-01 KNOB, B LOCK 166 3-713-790-31 SCREW (M2X8), TAPPING, P3
153 3-058-749-01 LEVER, B LOCK 167 1-678-326-11 FP-172 FLEXIBLE BOARD
154 3-058-802-01 SPRING, B LOCK 168 A-7074-450-A CF-074 BOARD, COMPLETE
155 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 169 3-060-895-01 HOLDER, SS
* 156 3-058-753-01 RETAINER, HINGE 170 3-060-897-01 BUTTON, MACRO

157 3-719-381-01 SCREW (M2X4) 171 3-060-896-01 KNOB, SS
158 X-3950-609-1 CABINET (FRONT) ASSY 172 3-060-843-01 PLATE, L FIXED
159 1-960-552-11 HARNESS (FU-53) 173 X-3950-24601 HOLDER ASSY, HINGE
160 3-969-380-01 SPRING, BATTERY 174 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
161 3-052-574-01 CLAW, BT LOCK 175 3-736-363-41 TAPPING

162 3-058-746-01 HOLDER, BATTERY 176 1-960-553-11 HARNESS (FU-54)
163 3-966-178-01 SCREW (1.7) * 177 3-058-801-01 SHEET, ST INSULATING
164 A-7074-446-A FU-139 BOARD, COMPLETE BT901 1-694-297-21 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
6-4
6-1-5. LENS COMPLETE ASSEMBLY SECTION
210
211
209 213
214
208 IC101 Screw, tapping

226 212
207
225 not
supplied 217
226
215
225
216
206
not 219
supplied
204 205
220 218
J901
226 A
224
221
not 205
supplied
201 A
not
supplied
223
225
202
227
203
222 not
supplied
226
not
supplied
Be sure to read “Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager”

226
on page 4-8 when changing the CCD imager.
201 3-060-893-01 COVER, DC IN 216 3-709-575-01 VAP ASSY
202 X-3950-618-1 CABINET (LB) ASSY 217 1-678-330-11 FP-177 FLEXIBLE BOARD
203 3-965-098-01 SCREW 218 3-060-892-01 PLATE, VP FIXED
204 3-060-914-01 HOLDER, DC 219 1-678-322-11 FP-168 FLEXIBLE BOARD
205 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2 220 1-678-323-11 FP-169 FLEXIBLE BOARD
206 3-060-894-01 FRAME, LENS 221 A-7074-449-A VP-50 BOARD, COMPLETE

207 3-060-890-01 CABINET (LT) 222 3-965-060-01 PIN, MF FIXED
208 A-7074-444-A CD-245 BOARD, COMPLETE 223 X-3950-611-1 CABINET (VP) ASSY
209 3-947-268-11 TITE (2), +B TAPPING (P) 224 1-418-068-11 MF BLOCK
210 1-678-321-11 FP-166 FLEXIBLE BOARD 225 3-948-339-61 TAPPING
211 1-678-324-11 FP-170 FLEXIBLE BOARD 226 3-968-729-91 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
212 3-060-714-01 RUBBER (CL), SEAL 227 3-060-854-01 BAND, RING
213 1-758-436-11 FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL IC101 A-7031-092-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD IMAGER)
214 3-058-032-01 ADAPTOR (CL), CCD FITTING J901 1-794-045-31 CONNECTOR, DC-IN
215 3-709-576-01 LENS ASSY
6-5
6-1-6. CABINET (REAR) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION
281 Note 1: To replace the PK-49 bpard and LCD module,

discriminate the type of LCD and replace them
not 263
supplied 265 in combination of the same type.
274 266
LCD type check
By measuring the resistor value between
262 264 Pin qd of CN803 (FC-72 board) and Pin 4 of
267 CN803 (FC-72 board), the type of LCD can be discriminated.
261 251
260 Type CA : 47KΩ
269 Type SH : 4.7KΩ
251
268 LCD901 (Note 1)
259 251
258 ND901
not 272
supplied
not 255
supplied
270 273 (Note 1)
271
256
280
not
supplied 251
257 -4
9
PKard
254 Bo
253 251
(Note 2) SP901
279
276 251
252 251
278 277
275
Note 2 : Refer to "Eject button section" on page 2-7
when installing the Rack (A).
: BT701(Lithium battary) PK board on the mount position.(See page 4-33)
251 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 269 3-060-932-01 DAMPER, FRICTION
252 3-058-787-01 RACK (A) 270 3-060-886-01 SHEET METAL (L), STRAP
253 3-058-790-01 SPRING, EJECT 271 3-058-789-01 COVER, GEAR
254 3-058-788-01 RACK (B) 272 3-060-889-01 PLATE, BL FIXED
255 3-060-839-01 RETAINER, P KNOB 273 A-7074-447-A PK-49 (CASI) BOARD, COMPLETE
256 3-058-786-01 GEAR, PINION 273 A-7074-448-A PK-49 (SHAP) BOARD, COMPLETE
257 3-058-792-11 LID, CPC 274 3-060-901-01 SHEET METAL, SELECTION CLICK
258 3-058-782-01 KNOB, EJECT * 275 3-058-791-01 RETAINER, SPEAKER
259 3-058-783-01 BUTTON, LOCK 276 3-061-157-11 BUTTON, FUNCTION
260 3-058-785-01 SPRING, LOCK BUTTON 277 X-3950-622-1 CASE (LOWER) ASSY, Z SHIELD
261 3-058-784-01 RETAINER, LOCK BUTTON 278 X-3950-610-1 CABINET (REAR) ASSY
262 3-060-838-01 KNOB, POWER 279 3-914-366-01 SCREW (DIA. 1.7X4), PRECISION
263 3-060-928-01 COVER, ACC JACK 280 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
264 1-678-329-21 FP-176 FLEXIBLE BOARD (INCLUDING JACK) 281 X-3950-848-1 KNOB ASSY, MODE SELECTION (SERVICE)
265 3-060-931-01 SHAFT, STRAP LCD901 1-803-858-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (SH)
266 3-060-850-01 RETAINER, MODE SELECTION LCD901 1-803-860-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (CA)
267 3-060-848-01 SHEET METAL (R), STRAP 0 ND901 1-517-751-21 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
268 3-060-927-01 COVER, AV JACK SP901 1-505-862-41 SPEAKER (2.0 CM)
Note : Note :
6-6
AE-022 CD-245
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the • COILS • LCD type check
parts list may be different from the parts uH: µH By measuring the resistor value between Pin
specified in the diagrams or the components • SEMICONDUCTORS qd of CN803 (FC-72 board) and Pin 4 of
used on the set. In each case, u: µ, for example: CN803 (FC-72 board), the type of LCD can be
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... , discriminated.
have some difference from the original one. uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... , Type CA: 47 kΩ
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they uPD..., µPD... Type SH: 4.7 kΩ
are seldom required for routine service. Some • Abbreviation
When indicating parts by reference number,
delay should be anticipated when ordering these CND : Canadian model. please include the board name.
items. AUS : Australian model.
• RESISTORS HK : Hong Kong model. The components identified by mark 0 or
All resistors are in ohms. CN : Chinese model. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
METAL: metal-film resistor KR : Korea model.
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor JE : Tourist model. Les composants identifiés par une marque
F: nonflammable J : Japanese model. 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
• CAPACITORS: le numéro spécifié.
uF: µF
A-7074-452-A AE-022 BOARD, COMPLETE C151 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V
********************** C152 1-104-847-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4V
(Ref.No.;7000Series) C153 1-104-847-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 4V
C156 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V
< CONNECTOR > C157 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V
CN351 1-766-335-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P C158 1-164-245-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.015uF 10% 25V
< RESISTOR > C160 1-110-666-11 ELECT CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V
C161 1-110-666-11 ELECT CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V
R351 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W C162 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V
R352 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
R353 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W C163 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V
R354 1-216-826-11 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/16W C164 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
R355 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/16W C165 1-104-852-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V
< SWITCH > < CONNECTOR >
S351 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (SPOT METER) CN101 1-766-348-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 18P
S352 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (WHITE BALANCE) CN102 1-573-347-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 7P
S353 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (WHITE BALANCE)
S354 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (PROGRAM AE) < IC >
S355 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (PROGRAM AE-)
IC101 A-7031-092-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD imager)
S356 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (PROGRAM AE+) IC150 8-759-489-19 IC uPC6756GR-8JG-E2
**************************************************************
< COIL >
A-7074-444-A CD-245 BOARD, COMPLETE
********************** L101 1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR 100uH
(Ref.No.;2000Series) L150 1-412-951-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
(IC101 is not included in this complted board.)
< TRANSISTOR >
< CAPACITOR >
Q101 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO
C101 1-113-985-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 20V Q102 8-729-117-73 TRANSISTOR 2SC4178-F13F14-T1
C102 1-119-751-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 16V
C103 1-115-339-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 50V < RESISTOR >
C105 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V R101 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R102 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
C108 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V R105 1-216-798-11 RES-CHIP 12 5% 1/16W
C109 1-162-915-11 CERAMIC CHIP 10PF 0.5PF 50V
Be sure to read “Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager”

6-7
CD-245 CF-074 FC-72
R106 1-216-825-11 METAL CHIP 2.2K 5% 1/16W A-7096-165-A FC-72(95) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE)
R107 1-216-849-11 METAL CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W *********************************
R108 1-216-827-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W (Ref.No.;1000Series)
R109 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W **************************************************************
R110 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
R112 1-216-296-91 SHORT 0

R150 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R151 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W Electrical parts list of the FC-72 board is
R152 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W not shown.
R153 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
pages 6-9 to 6-16 are not shown.
R154 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R155 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
R156 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R157 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R158 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
R159 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W

R160 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W
< SENSOR >
SE150 1-803-042-31 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (PITCH)

SE151 1-803-042-41 SENSOR, ANGULAR VELOCITY (YAW)
**************************************************************
A-7074-450-A CF-074 BOARD, COMPLETE

**********************
(Ref.No.;7000Series)
< CONNECTOR >
CN401 1-766-336-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 6P
< RESISTOR >
R401 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
< SWITCH >
S401 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (MACRO)

S402 1-762-741-11 SWITCH, SLIDE (FOCUS AUTO/MANUAL)
S403 1-762-741-11 SWITCH, SLIDE (STEADY SHOT)
**************************************************************
6-8
FU-139 MA-379 PK-49
A-7074-446-A FU-139 BOARD, COMPLETE A-7074-451-A MA-379 BOARD, COMPLETE
********************** ***********************
(Ref.No.;4000Series) (Ref.No.;8000Series)
< CAPACITOR > < CAPACITOR >
C001 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V C303 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V
C304 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V
< CONNECTOR > C305 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 6.3V
* CN001 1-580-056-21 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 3P C307 1-119-749-11 TANTAL. CHIP 33uF 20% 4V
* CN002 1-580-057-11 PIN, CONNECTOR (SMD) 4P
CN003 1-770-622-21 PIN, CONNECTOR 5P < CONNECTOR >
CN004 1-770-629-21 PIN, CONNECTOR 12P
< DIODE > CN303 1-766-336-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 6P
CN305 1-784-342-21 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 2P
D001 8-719-158-49 DIODE MA8120-TX CN306 1-766-335-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P
D002 8-719-027-76 DIODE 1SS357-TPH3
D003 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO < IC >
< FUSE > IC301 8-759-339-63 IC NJM2118V-TE2
0 F001 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V)(1608) < COIL >

0 F002 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V)(1608)
0 F003 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V)(1608) L301 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
0 F004 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V)(1608)
0 F005 1-576-406-21 FUSE, MICRO (1.4A/32V)(1608) < RESISTOR >
< FERRITE BEAD > R301 1-216-820-11 METAL CHIP 820 5% 1/16W
R302 1-216-812-11 METAL CHIP 180 5% 1/16W
FB001 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH R303 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
FB002 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH R304 1-216-822-11 METAL CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
**************************************************************
< LINE FILTER >
A-7074-447-A PK-49(CASI) BOARD, COMPLETE (CA)
LF001 1-411-957-11 FILTER, COMMON MODE *******************************
A-7074-448-A PK-49(SHAP) BOARD, COMPLETE (SH)
< TRANSISTOR > ********************************
(Ref.No.;5000Series)
Q001 8-729-046-77 TRANSISTOR SI4963DY-T1
Q001 8-729-051-49 TRANSISTOR TPC8305(TE12L) < BATTERY >
Q002 8-729-804-41 TRANSISTOR 2SB1122-ST-TD
Q003 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO BT701 1-528-999-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM SECONDARY
Q004 8-729-047-68 TRANSISTOR SSM3K03FE(TPL3)
< CAPACITOR >
Q005 8-729-047-68 TRANSISTOR SSM3K03FE(TPL3)
C705 1-119-750-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V
< RESISTOR > C706 1-115-467-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 10V
R001 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W C711 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5% 50V
R002 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W C801 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V
R004 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R005 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W C802 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V
R006 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W C803 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
R008 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W C805 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V
R019 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W C806 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
R020 1-216-150-91 RES-CHIP 10 5% 1/8W
R021 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W C807 1-110-569-11 TANTAL. CHIP 47uF 20% 6.3V
************************************************************** C808 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V
C811 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
C812 1-104-851-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 10V
Note : Note :
6-17
PK-49
C813 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V D784 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0
C814 1-165-112-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33uF 20% 10V D785 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0
C815 1-165-112-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33uF 20% 10V D786 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
C852 1-119-751-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 16V D789 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
C853 1-165-128-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 16V D790 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
C854 1-135-149-21 TANTALUM CHIP 2.2uF 20% 10V D853 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0
C855 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V D854 8-719-062-44 DIODE PG1112H-TR
C856 1-162-918-11 CERAMIC CHIP 18PF 5% 50V D902 8-713-102-80 DIODE 1T369-01-T8A
C857 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V D903 8-719-976-96 DIODE MA8047-H-TX
C859 1-162-920-11 CERAMIC CHIP 27PF 5% 50V < FERRITE BEAD >
C861 1-113-682-11 TANTAL. CHIP 33uF 20% 10V
C862 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10V FB781 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
FB782 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
C863 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V FB783 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
0 C866 1-131-959-91 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 10% 3KV
C901 1-135-259-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V FB786 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
(CA) FB787 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
C902 1-107-687-11 TANTAL. CHIP 3.3uF 20% 20V FB789 1-500-284-21 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
(CA)
(SH) FB801 1-414-229-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
C904 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V FB802 1-414-229-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
C905 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V FB803 1-414-229-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
C906 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V < IC >

C908 1-162-926-11 CERAMIC CHIP 82PF 5% 50V IC702 8-759-572-54 IC TA6009FN(EL)
C909 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V IC801 8-759-364-05 IC MB40D001PFV-G-BND-ER
C911 1-164-739-11 CERAMIC CHIP 560PF 5% 50V IC802 8-759-539-27 IC IR3Y37A4
IC803 8-759-196-97 IC TC7SH32FU-TE85R
C912 1-162-926-11 CERAMIC CHIP 82PF 5% 50V IC851 8-759-521-35 IC TL5001CDR
C913 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C914 1-113-994-11 TANTAL. CHIP 6.8uF 20% 16V IC852 8-759-710-82 IC NJM2406F-TE2
(SH) IC901 8-759-524-61 IC CM7018L3-T4 (CA)
C915 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V IC901 8-759-587-61 IC LZ9GH234 (SH)
(SH) IC902 8-759-327-01 IC NJM062V(TE2)
< JACK >
C918 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V J781 1-695-514-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) 1P
C919 1-164-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 25V (AUDIO(MONO)VIDEO OUT)
(CA)
< COIL >
< CONNECTOR >
L702 1-414-756-11 INDUCTOR 47uH
CN701 1-778-637-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 50P L801 1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR 100uH
CN702 1-784-342-11 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 2P L802 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
CN781 1-691-344-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 6P L851 1-414-753-91 INDUCTOR 4.7uH
CN851 1-764-709-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (LIF) 10P L852 1-424-674-11 INDUCTOR 22uH
CN901 1-691-362-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P
L853 1-419-387-21 INDUCTOR 100uH
< DIODE > L901 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
L902 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
D701 8-719-061-81 DIODE TLYU1002 (TPX1,SONY) L903 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH
D702 8-719-061-81 DIODE TLYU1002 (TPX1,SONY) L904 1-414-754-11 INDUCTOR 10uH (CA)
D703 8-719-064-05 DIODE TLGU1002 (TPX1,SONY)
D782 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO L905 1-412-949-21 INDUCTOR 6.8uH
D783 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
Note : Note :
6-18
PK-49
< TRANSISTOR > R859 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R860 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/16W
Q851 8-729-042-72 TRANSISTOR UN9214J-(K8).SO R861 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/16W
Q852 8-729-042-59 TRANSISTOR UN9112J-(K8).SO R862 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/16W
Q853 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO R863 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
Q854 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
Q855 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO R864 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
R865 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
Q856 8-729-823-84 TRANSISTOR FP102-TL R866 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
Q857 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO R867 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W
Q858 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO R868 1-216-055-00 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/10W
Q860 8-729-039-43 TRANSISTOR FP216-TL R869 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R870 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
Q901 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO R872 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
Q902 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO R873 1-216-810-11 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
Q903 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
Q904 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR(K8).SO R874 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0
R901 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
< RESISTOR > (CA)
R902 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R703 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W (CA)
R708 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/16W R903 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R712 1-216-814-11 METAL CHIP 270 5% 1/16W (SH)
R713 1-218-872-11 METAL CHIP 11K 0.5% 1/16W R904 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
R714 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
R905 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
R715 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/16W R908 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R716 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/16W (CA)
R717 1-216-824-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 5% 1/16W R911 1-216-846-11 METAL CHIP 120K 5% 1/16W
(CA)
R720 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R722 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W (SH)
R723 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W R916 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R724 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R917 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
(SH)
R782 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W R919 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
R787 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R803 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W R920 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R808 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W R921 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
R922 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
R812 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W R925 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.5% 1/16W
R813 1-216-835-11 METAL CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W (CA)
R814 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
R817 1-216-830-11 METAL CHIP 5.6K 5% 1/16W R925 1-218-891-11 METAL CHIP 68K 0.5% 1/16W
(CA) (SH)
R927 1-218-885-11 METAL CHIP 39K 0.5% 1/16W
R817 1-216-834-11 METAL CHIP 12K 5% 1/16W (CA)
(SH) R927 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/16W
R818 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W (SH)
R820 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W R928 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R821 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R929 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R853 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/16W
R930 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R854 1-218-881-11 METAL CHIP 27K 0.5% 1/16W R931 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R855 1-218-897-11 METAL CHIP 120K 0.5% 1/16W (CA)
(SH)
6-19
PK-49 VF-143
R936 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W (CA)
(CA) (CA)
(CA) (CA)
(CA)
R942 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W R977 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
R944 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/16W (SH)
(SH)
R945 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W < SWITCH >
(CA)
R945 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/16W S701 1-771-688-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (MENU)
(SH) S702 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (DISPLAY)
R946 1-218-883-11 METAL CHIP 33K 0.5% 1/16W S703 1-572-467-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (POWER)
(SH) S704 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (VOL+)
S705 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (FLASH)
R947 1-218-879-11 METAL CHIP 22K 0.5% 1/16W
(SH) S706 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (VOL-)
R948 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W S707 1-771-331-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (PLAY)
(CA) S708 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (LCD ON/OFF)
R949 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W S709 1-771-331-51 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (MOVIE)
(CA)
R950 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W < SENSOR >
(CA)
R951 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W SE701 1-801-868-41 SENSOR, SHOCK
(CA)
< TRANSFORMER >
R952 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
(SH) 0 T851 1-435-227-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER
R953 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W **************************************************************
(CA)
R954 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W A-7074-453-A VF-143 BOARD, COMPLETE
(SH) **********************
R956 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W (Ref.No.;6000Series)
(SH)
R957 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W < CAPACITOR >
(SH)
C501 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
(SH) C503 1-104-913-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 16V
(SH) C505 1-115-566-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 10V
R960 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
(SH) C506 1-107-820-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 16V
R962 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W C509 1-125-838-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 6.3V
(CA) C510 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V
(SH) C514 1-127-760-91 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
R966 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W C515 1-127-760-91 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
(CA)
R967 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W C516 1-127-760-91 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
(CA) C517 1-104-915-11 TANTAL. CHIP 2.2uF 20% 20V
(SH) C519 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V
R969 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
(SH) C521 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
R972 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/16W
Note : Note :
(SH)
R973 1-216-805-11 METAL CHIP 47 5% 1/16W mark 0 or dotted line with mark une marque 0 sont critiques
(SH) 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
6-20
VF-143
C605 1-104-916-11 TANTAL. CHIP 6.8uF 20% 20V < TRANSISTOR >
C608 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V Q501 8-729-040-26 TRANSISTOR CPT-182S-C-TSL-CD
C609 1-109-935-11 TANTAL. CHIP 4.7uF 20% 6.3V Q502 8-729-049-25 TRANSISTOR 2SC5376F-B(TPL3)
C610 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16V Q503 8-729-822-05 TRANSISTOR 2SD1622-ST-TD
Q601 8-729-013-72 TRANSISTOR RN2105-TE85L
C611 1-107-819-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 16V Q602 8-729-037-61 TRANSISTOR UN9113J-(K8).SO
C612 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10% 10V
C613 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V Q603 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO
C614 1-164-878-11 CERAMIC CHIP 150PF 5% 16V Q604 8-729-427-72 TRANSISTOR XP4501-TXE
C615 1-164-943-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 16V Q605 8-729-039-24 TRANSISTOR FX216-TL1
C616 1-115-566-11 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 10V < RESISTOR >
C618 1-164-940-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0033uF 10% 16V R501 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
C619 1-164-874-11 CERAMIC CHIP 100PF 5% 16V R502 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
C620 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V R503 1-216-150-91 RES-CHIP 10 5% 1/8W
R504 1-218-977-11 RES-CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
C621 1-117-919-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V R505 1-216-019-00 METAL CHIP 56 5% 1/10W
C623 1-165-112-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.33uF 16V R507 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
C625 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V R510 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0
R513 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
C626 1-113-642-11 TANTAL. CHIP 47uF 20% 10V R514 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
0 C630 1-115-464-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 630V R516 1-218-972-11 RES-CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W
R517 1-218-972-11 RES-CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W
< CONNECTOR > R518 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
R519 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
CN501 1-784-421-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 27P
CN601 1-750-340-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/EPC (ZIF) 16P R520 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
R521 1-218-972-11 RES-CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W
< DIODE > R522 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
R523 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
D501 8-719-060-95 DIODE CL-200IR-X-TSL-BC R524 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
D601 8-719-043-70 DIODE MA6S121-(TX)
D602 8-713-102-80 DIODE 1T369-01-T8A R526 1-218-941-11 RES-CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
D603 8-719-033-14 DIODE CL-170PG-CD-T R530 1-218-972-11 RES-CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W
D604 8-719-056-49 DIODE 1SS370(TE85L) R531 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0
R532 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0
< IC > R533 1-218-968-11 RES-CHIP 18K 5% 1/16W
IC502 8-759-546-65 IC CXA8115AR-T4 R534 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W

IC503 8-759-364-05 IC M62376GP-65AD R601 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
IC504 8-759-075-66 IC TA75S01F(TE85R) R602 1-208-941-11 METAL CHIP 180K 0.5% 1/16W
IC601 8-759-097-75 IC MB3789PFV-G-BND-ER R603 1-218-974-11 RES-CHIP 56K 5% 1/16W
IC602 8-759-198-34 IC TA75S558F(TE85R) R604 1-208-927-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.5% 1/16W
IC603 8-752-392-33 IC CXD2458AR-T4 R605 1-218-975-11 RES-CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W

IC604 8-759-242-78 IC TC7W02FU(TE12R) R606 1-218-982-11 RES-CHIP 270K 5% 1/16W
R607 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
< COIL > R608 1-218-974-11 RES-CHIP 56K 5% 1/16W
R609 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
L501 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH
L502 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH R610 1-218-954-11 RES-CHIP 1.2K 5% 1/16W
L503 1-414-755-11 INDUCTOR 22uH R611 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
L504 1-414-771-91 INDUCTOR CHIP 10uH R612 1-218-983-11 RES-CHIP 330K 5% 1/16W
R614 1-218-985-11 RES-CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
L602 1-414-756-11 INDUCTOR 47uH
L603 1-412-946-11 INDUCTOR 3.9uH R615 1-218-970-11 RES-CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W
R618 1-218-971-11 RES-CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
< FLUORESCENT INDICATOR > R620 1-218-989-11 RES-CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W
0 ND601 1-517-933-11 FLUORESCENT TUBE (0.44)

Note : Note :
6-21
VF-143 VP-50
R621 1-218-965-11 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W < CONNECTOR >
R622 1-218-974-11 RES-CHIP 56K 5% 1/16W
R623 1-218-973-11 RES-CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W CN235 1-766-335-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC 5P
R627 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R628 1-218-953-11 RES-CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W < DIODE >
R629 1-218-949-11 RES-CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
R630 1-218-969-11 RES-CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W D201 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
R632 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0 < FERRITE BEAD >

R633 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0
R636 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W FB201 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH
R637 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W
R638 1-218-990-11 SHORT 0 < IC >
< TRANSFORMER > IC209 8-752-900-84 IC CXP81120-047R-T6

IC205 8-759-058-45 IC NJM3403AV (TE2)
0 T601 1-435-225-21 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER IC208 8-759-248-78 IC MB88102PFV-G-BND-ER
************************************************************** IC201 8-759-359-49 IC NJM3414AV (TE2)
IC202 8-759-359-49 IC NJM3414AV (TE2)
A-7074-449-A VP-50 BOARD, COMPLETE
******************** IC204 8-759-444-87 IC NJM324V (TE2)
(Ref.No.;3000Series) IC206 8-759-478-92 IC TC7SET04FU (TE85R)
IC207 8-759-478-92 IC TC7SET04FU (TE85R)
< CAPACITOR > IC203 8-759-823-51 IC LB1830M-TLM
IC210 8-759-058-58 IC TC7S04FU (TE85R)
C201 1-135-149-21 TANTAL CHIP 2.2MF 20% 10V
C202 1-135-149-21 TANTAL CHIP 2.2MF 20% 10V < COIL >
C203 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68000PF 10% 16V
C204 1-110-563-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68000PF 10% 16V L201 1-412-951-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
L204 1-412-963-11 INDUCTOR 100UH
C207 1-125-837-91 CERAMIC CHIP 1MF 10% 16V L206 1-412-951-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
C209 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47MF 10% 10V L207 1-412-951-11 INDUCTOR 10UH
C210 1-125-891-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.47MF 10% 10V
< TRANSISTOR >
C211 1-104-851-11 TANTAL CHIP 10MF 20% 10V
C212 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100000PF 10% 16V Q201 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR (K8).SO
C213 1-135-210-11 TANTAL CHIP 4.7MF 20% 10V Q202 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR (K8).SO
C214 1-135-151-21 TANTAL CHIP 4.7MF 20% 10V Q203 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SB1462J-QR (K8).SO
C215 1-135-259-11 TANTAL CHIP 10MF 20% 10V Q204 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO
Q205 8-729-420-24 TRANSISTOR 2SB1218A-QRS-TX
C225 1-107-727-91 CERAMIC CHIP 22000PF 10% 16V Q206 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO
C227 1-162-967-11 CERAMIC CHIP 3300PF 10% 25V Q208 8-729-013-31 TRANSISTOR 2SA1588-OY-TE85L
C228 1-104-851-11 TANTAL CHIP 10MF 20% 10V Q209 8-729-420-24 TRANSISTOR 2SB1218A-QRS-TX
C231 1-104-851-11 TANTAL CHIP 10MF 20% 10V
C232 1-135-210-11 TANTAL CHIP 4.7MF 20% 10V < RESISTOR >
R201 1-218-847-11 RES, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
C234 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 100000PF 10% 16V R202 1-216-821-11 RES, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
C237 1-135-181-21 TANTAL CHIP 4.7MF 20% 10V R205 1-218-871-11 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
Note : Note :
6-22
VP-50
R206 1-216-845-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W MISCELLANEOUS
R207 1-218-871-11 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W *************
R209 1-218-847-11 RES, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
R210 1-218-871-11 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W 1 1-678-338-11 FP-175 FLEXIBLE BOARD
R211 1-216-835-11 RES, CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W 4 1-772-563-11 DRIVE, FLOPPY DISK
52 1-418-896-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (ZOOM BLOCK 360)
R212 1-216-833-91 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W (ZOOM AND SHUTTER)
R213 1-218-859-11 RES, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W 56 1-678-328-11 FP-174 FLEXIBLE BOARD
R215 1-218-871-11 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R216 1-216-829-11 RES, CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W 0 71 1-476-069-11 FLASH UNIT
102 1-678-327-12 FP-173 FLEXIBLE BOARD
R217 1-216-835-11 RES, CHIP 15K 5% 1/16W 159 1-960-552-11 HARNESS (FU-53)
R218 1-218-859-11 RES, CHIP 3.3K 5% 1/16W 167 1-678-326-11 FP-172 FLEXIBLE BOARD
R219 1-216-134-11 RES, CHIP 2.2 5% 1/16W 176 1-960-553-11 HARNESS (FU-54)
R220 1-216-845-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
211 1-678-324-11 FP-170 FLEXIBLE BOARD
R222 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W 213 1-758-436-11 FILTER BLOCK, OPTICAL
R225 1-216-864-11 CONDUCTOR, CHIP
224 1-418-068-11 MF BLOCK
R228 1-218-887-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W 264 1-678-329-21 FP-176 FLEXIBLE BOARD (INCLUDING JACK)
R231 1-218-903-11 RES, CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W BT901 1-694-297-21 TERMINAL BOARD, BATTERY
R232 1-218-903-11 RES, CHIP 220K 5% 1/16W IC101 A-7031-092-A CCD BLOCK ASSY (CCD imager)
R233 1-218-895-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R234 1-218-895-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W J901 1-794-045-31 CONNECTOR, DC-IN
LCD901 1-803-858-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (SH)
R235 1-218-895-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W LCD901 1-803-860-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (CA)
R238 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W LCD902 8-753-026-77 LCX033AK-J
R239 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W MIC901 1-542-428-11 MICROPHONE UNIT
R240 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R241 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W 0 ND901 1-517-751-21 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
SP901 1-505-862-41 SPEAKER (2.0 CM)
R242 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W **************************************************************
R243 1-218-895-11 RES, CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R244 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W ACCESSORIES
R245 1-216-833-91 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W ***********
R246 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
0 1-475-599-11 ADAPTOR, AC (US,CND,AEP,UK,AUS,E,HK,JE,J)
R247 1-216-837-11 RES, CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W 0 1-475-599-71 ADAPTOR, AC (KR)
R248 1-216-833-91 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W 0 1-475-599-81 ADAPTOR, AC (CN)
R249 1-216-821-11 RES, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W 0 1-569-007-11 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION (E,JE)
R250 1-216-833-91 RES, CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W 0 1-569-008-21 ADAPTOR, CONVERSION 2P (E)
R251 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
0 1-696-819-11 COAD,POWER (AUS)
R252 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W 0 1-769-608-11 CORD,POWER (AEP,E)
R253 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W 0 1-776-985-11 CORD,POWER (KR)
R254 1-216-814-11 RES, CHIP 270 5% 1/16W 0 1-782-476-11 CORD,POWER (CN)
R255 1-216-857-11 RES, CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W 0 1-783-374-11 CORD,POWER (UK,HK)
R256 1-216-841-11 RES, CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
1-783-738-11 CORD,CONNECTION (A/V)(1.5m)
R257 1-216-821-11 RES, CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W 0 1-790-073-11 CORD,POWER 2P (JE,J)
R258 1-216-864-11 CONDUCTOR, CHIP 0 1-790-107-22 CORD,POWER (US,CND)
R259 1-216-864-11 CONDUCTOR, CHIP 3-055-746-01 SOFT (CS), BUNDLE (US)
R260 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR CHIP OUH (Note) 3-060-716-01 SOFT (2000), BUNDLE
R261 1-414-228-11 INDUCTOR CHIP OUH (Note) (CND,AEP,UK,AUS,E,HK,CN,KR,JE)
R262 1-500-284-21 INDUCTOR CHIP OUH (Note)

R265 1-216-864-11 CONDUCTOR, CHIP
< VIBRATOR > Be sure to read “Precautions Upon Replacing CCD Imager”
X201 1-579-553-11 VIBRATOR (12MHz)
**************************************************************
Note : Note :
Note : Inductors are mounted to the location where R260,R261,
R262, R263, R264 are printed. 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
6-23
Ref. No. Part No. Description Remarks
3-061-389-01 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (JAPANESE)(J)
3-061-389-11 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ENGLISH)
(US,CND,AEP,UK,AUS,E,HK,CN,JE)
3-061-389-21 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (FRENCH/GERMAN)
(CND,AEP,JE)
3-061-389-31 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION
(SPANISH/PORTUGUESE) (AEP,E,JE)
3-061-389-41 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ITALIAN/DUTCH)
(AEP)
3-061-389-51 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION

(TRADITIONAL CHINESE/SIMPLIFIED CHINESE)
(E,HK,CN,JE)
3-061-389-61 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (SWEDISH/RUSSIAN)
(AEP,JE)
3-061-389-71 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (ARABIC)(E)
3-061-389-81 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (KOREAN)(KR,JE)
3-062-043-01 STRING, CAP
3-866-482-01 MANUAL, INSTRUCTION (JAPANESE)(J)

3-987-015-01 BELT(S), SHOULDER
A-7094-140-A NP-F330 BATTERY PACK (US,CND)
A-7094-141-A NP-F330 BATTERY PACK
(AEP,UK,AUS,E,HK,CN,KR,JE)
A-7094-142-A NP-F330 BATTERY PACK (J)
X-3950-691-1 CAP ASSY, LENS
6-24E
〈FOR CAMERA COLOR REPRODUCTION ADJUSTMENT〉
Take a copy of CAMERA COLOR

REPRODUCTION FRAME with
a clear sheet for use.
✂
— 153 —
MVC-FD95
Sony Corporation
2000D1649-1
9-929-828-31 Personal VIDEO Products Company Printed in Japan © 2000.4
— 154 — Published by Safety & Service Engineering Dept.
MVC-FD95
US Model
Canadian Model
SERVICE MANUAL AEP Model
UK Model
Level 2 E Model
Australian Model
2000. 07 Hong Kong Model
Chinese Model
Tourist Model
SUPPLEMENT-1 Korea Model
File this supplement-1 with the Service Manual.
Japanese Model
(PV00-003)
1. Addition of the LCD Unit.

2. CORRECTION
1. Type SA and type ST of LCD unit are added to the conventional type CA and type SH of LCD unit.
In order to support the above-described types of LCD unit, the PK-53 board is changed to the PK-
49 board using the new schematic diagram, new printed wiring board and new parts lists as shown
below and as attached. All of the printed wiring boards other than the PK-53 board use the same
schematic diagrams, the same printed wiring boards and the same parts lists. Only the name and
part numbers are changed. So the schematic diagrams, the printed wiring boards and the patrs
lists other than the PK-53 board are not shown in this supplement-1.
Following boards are changed.

TYPE CA, SH TYPE SA, ST
Board Part No. Board Part No.
A-7074-447-A (TYPE CA) A-7074-507-A (TYPE SA)
PK-49 PK-53
A-7074-448-A (TYPE SH) A-7074-510-A (TYPE ST)
AE-022 A-7074-452-A AE-024 A-7074-509-A
CD-245 A-7074-444-A CD-289 A-7074-503-A
CF-074 A-7074-450-A CF-078 A-7074-506-A
FU-139 A-7074-446-A FU-149 A-7074-505-A
MA-379 A-7074-451-A MA-395 A-7074-508-A
VP-50 A-7074-449-A VP-53 A-7074-504-A
• The FC-72 and VF-143 boards remain unchanged.

• For the method of identifying the types of LCD, refer to page 16 “1-5-1. LCD type check”.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS
3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ······························ 3
3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) ··································· 3
4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS
• PK-53 (AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG)
PRINTED WIRING BOARD ···························· 5
• PK-53 (AV OUT/KEY IN)(1/3)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ································· 9
• PK-53 (BACK LIGHT)(2/3)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························· 11
• PK-53 (RGB DRIVER/TG)(3/3)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM ······························· 13
• WAVEFORMS ······························································· 15
• PARTS LOCATION ······················································ 15
5. ADJUSTMENTS
5-1. ADJUSTMENT ································································ 16
1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ······································ 16
1-5-1. LCD Type Check ····························································· 16
1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT ······································ 16
1. LCD Initial Data Input ····················································· 16
1-5-3. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PK-53 board) ············· 16
1. LCD Initial Data Input ····················································· 16
2. VCO Adjustment (PK-53 board) ······································ 17
3. Black Limit Adjustment (PK-52 board) ··························· 17
4. Bright Adjustment (PK-53 board) ···································· 18
5. Contrast Adjustment (PK-53 board) ································· 18
6. Color Adjustment (PK-53 board) ····································· 19
7. VG Center Adjustment (PK-53 board) ····························· 19
8. V-COM Adjustment (PK-53 board) ································· 20
9. White Balance Adjustment (PK-53 board) ······················· 20
6. REPAIR PARTS LIST

6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS ······················································· 21
6-1-1. OVERALL ASSEMBLY SECTION ································ 21
6-1-2. TOP CABINET ASSEMBLY SECTION ························· 22
6-1-6. CABINET (REAR) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION ···· 23
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST ··········································· 24
CORRECTION
SERVICE NOTE ········································································ 28
2. DISASSEMBLY ······························································· 28
5. ADJUSTMENTS ······························································ 29
—2—
MVC-FD95
SECTION 3. BLOCK DIAGRAMS

3-2. OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2) 3-4. POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM (2/2)
( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram. ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the schematic diagram.
• Refer to page 3-4 for OVERALL BLOCK DIAGRAM of MVC-FD95 original SERVICE MANUAL. • Refer to page 3-8 for POWER BLOCK DIAGRAM of MVC-FD95 original SERVICE MANUAL.
FC-72 FC-72 BOARD Q901,902

BOARD (9)
PANEL 3.2V
20 31
L903
PK-53 L902
S701,702,
IC702 BOARD
704-706,708
(13) (13) (14) (14)
SHOCK
DETECT
FUNCTION
SW IC902 IC901 IC904 IC903
EVR LCD TIMING AMP
S707,709
PANEL 4.9V DRIVE GENERATOR LCD901
PLAY/STILL/MOVIE SW 40 11
PANEL -15.3V
S703 37 14
POWER SW PANEL 13.2V
39 12
L901
18
HVDD LCD
D701-703
PANEL 6.5V
36 15 CN901
UNIT
CHARGE,FLASH,POWER
LED D 3.2V
38 13
S703
BT701
LITHIUM VANADIUM POWER
BATTERY 24 27
(11,12) (9)
13 38 D703
A 4.9V
(POWER)
FP-176 BL UNREG
19
41
32
9
IC851,852 IC702
(FLEXIBLE) 42 10 BACK LIGHT DRIVE SHOCK DETECT
FDD P 5V LANC/EXT
LANC SIG 46 5 CN781 STROBE
LANC DC
EXT STRB ON LANC/ 9 42 3
EXT STROBE EVER 3.2V D702
26 25 CHARGE LED BT701
BATT
50 1 LITHIUM VANADIUM BATTERY
PK-53 BOARD FP-176
CN802 CN701
(FLEXIBLE)
J781
AUDIO
VIDEO OUT
(MONO)
VIDEO
OUT
AUDIO OUT
AU SP+,SP-
SP901
SPEAKER
IC902 (14)
LCD901
EVR IC904 LCD
PANEL
TIMING
(13) GENERATOR
VD,HD
Y R
R-Y IC901 G
B-Y LCD B
DRIVE
(13)
BL UNREG
IC851,852 BL HIGH
ND901
BACK LIGHT
BACK LIGHT DRIVE
(11,12)
Note: LCD Type Check

By measuring the resistor value between Pin qd of CN803 and Pin 4 of
CN803, the type of LCD can be discriminated.
10 kΩ : Type SA (PK-53 board)
22 kΩ : Type ST (PK-53 board)
—3— —4—
MVC-FD95
SECTION 4. PRINTED WIRING BOARDS AND SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

PK-53 (AV OUT/KEY IN, BACK LIGHT, RGB, TG) PRINTED WIRING BOARD
— Ref. No. PK-53 Board; 5,000 Series —

• Refer to page 15 for parts location.
in the diagram.
• Chip parts
Transistor Diode
C 65 4 3
B E 12 3 2 1


PK-53 —5— —6—
MVC-FD95
1 5
3 4

—7— —8— PK-53
MVC-FD95

• Refer to page 5 for printed wiring board. ( ) : Page No. shown in ( ) indicates the page to refer on the original Service Manual.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
PK-53 BOARD(1/3) R :REC MODE
AV OUT/KEY IN(LK BLOCK) P :PB MODE
A
XX MARK:NO MOUNT FB788
J781
AUDIO
(MONO)
R782 FB789 VIDEO
CN701 50P 1k OUT
C782 FB790
AV_JACK_IN 50 R787 XX C783
C781
1k XX XX
VIDEO_OUT 49
FB791
VIDEO_GND 48
B
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
AUDIO_OUT 47
MA111-(K8).S0
AUDIO_GND 46 D785
D786
REG_GND 45 REG_GND 8 TO(3/3) LND783
FB787
LANC_SIG 44 FLAME_GND
D787 D788
XLANC_HACK_IN 43 MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
LND784
LANC_DC 42
FLAME_GND
EXT_STB_ON 41 FP-176
REG_GND 40 FB782
CN781 6P FLEXIBLE
C MOVE/XSTILL 39
FB783
6 LANC_SIG
LANC/
XPOWER_LED 38 5 XLANC_JACK_IN EXT STROBE
FB784
XBATT_CHG_LED 37 4 EXT_STB_ON
FB785
SHOCK_SENS 36 3 LANC_DC Note:JACK is mouted in
FB786 FP-176 FLEXIBLE
KEY_AD2 35 2 JACK_GND
KEY_AD1 34 1 JACK_GND
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
D702
XSTROBE_LED 33
TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
A_4.9V 32 CHARGE LED(AMBER)
D790
D783
D789
D782
D PANEL_3.2V 31
D784
MA111-(K8).S0
PANEL_B-Y 30
XCAM/PB_SW 29 LND781
FB781
PANEL_Y 28 FLAME_GND
XPWR_SW 27
LND782
PANEL_R-Y 26 R712
TO 270 FLAME_GND
TLGU1002(TPX1,SONY)
FC-72 BOARD EVER_3.2V 25
POWER LED(GREEN)
CN801
TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
(THROUGH THE MAKER_RECOG 24 MAKER_RECOG
FLASH LED(AMBER)
S702 S704 S706 S708
E FP-165 FLEXIBLE)
VG 23 VG R716 R718
D703
DISPLAY VOLUME (+) VOLUME (-) LCD ON/OFF
(SEE PAGE HSY 22
1800 2700
D701
HSY
4-20)
PANEL_COM 21 PSIG S701 R720 R722 R723
4700 6800 33k
XCS_LED_D/A 20 XCS_PANEL_D/A 1 TO(3/3) MENU
PANEL_V 19 PANEL_V
HI_SO 18 HI_SO R714 COMMON
R708 S705
HDO 17 HDO 680 680 8
1 7 SET
XHI_SCK 16 XHI_SCK
UP
F PANEL_6.5V 15 PANEL_3.2V 2 TO(3/3)
2 6 RIGHT
R721
4700
(FLASH)
PANEL_-15.3V 14 D_3.2V 3 TO(3/3) LEFT

D_3.2V 13
BT701 3 5 DOWN
PANEL_13.2V 12 PANEL_13.2V 4 TO(3/3) (LITHIUM BATTRY)
PANEL_4.9V 11 PANEL_4.9V COMMON

4
BL_UNREG 10 BL_UNREG
5 TO(2/3) R729 L702 C705
22u
LND701
IC702
BL_UNREG 9 0 47uH
2520 6.3V DUMMY GURUPON SWITCH
SHOCK
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 8 BL_GND SENSOR
SE701
G AMP R717
0.1
REG_GND(UNREG_GND) 7 C710 R713 R719

1800 2700
0.47u 11k
R704
TRIP
10
XX
FDD_GND 6 C706 S1A IC702 B ±0.5%

0.1 0.9
0.22u TA6009FN(EL) AO
2
9
FDD_P_5V 5 B S1B
0.5 1.2 S707 S709
BI
3
8
AU_SP+ 4 GUARD PLAY MOVIE
3.0 1.2
BO R715
4
7
AU_SP- 3 OUT STILL
R703 3.1 150k
VCC
5
AU_SPON 2 0 6
GND
C711
AU_MIXOUT 1 68p
CH S703
CN702 2P
H SP901
SPEAKER
SP + 1
POWER
R724
SP - 2 10k
SP-149
R709 R710
HARNESS XX XX
L701 C702
XX C701 IC701 XX
XX XX
B 10V
C707 C708 R706
GND
10 11 12 13 14
XX
1
VCC XX XX
R726 C703 10V B
R725 NC R711
2
XX XX XX NC XX
I
PANEL_B-Y B
SPOUT-2 SIGNAL PATH
3
6 TO(3/3) SP IN
PANEL_Y R702 SPOUT-1
4
XX
PANEL_R-Y
AUX VIDEO SIGNAL
BIAS AUDIO
5
AM C709
XX
EVR CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA SIGNAL
6
C704 SUSPEND
XX NC
7
B NC R707 REC
XX
PB
J
16
AV OUT/KEY IN
PK-53 (1/3) —9— — 10 —
MVC-FD95

• Refer to page 5 for printed wiring board.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

R :REC MODE
A BACK LIGHT(BL BLOCK) P :PB MODE
XX MARK:NO MOUNT
Q856
FP102-TL
Q854 SWITCHING T851
L852 L853 R867
L851 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO 22uH 100uH
SWITCHING 4.8 1800
4.7uH 3
4 5
BL_UNREG
2
7.1 5
B R856
560
R857
22k 1
7.1 6.6
1
R868
1
2 1800 2 6
`
6.9
3 C864 3
6.6 0.015u CN851 10P
4.6 4.6
C856 4 5 4 10 10 BL_HIGH
18p R858 C859
560 27p Q860 C866
CH C861 3 1 FP216-TL 9 N.C.
CH C862 12p
5 TO(1/3) C852 33u 1u INVERTER 3000V
-0.4 -0.4 8 N.C. ND901
22u C853 10V F DRIVE SL BACK
16V 0.22u TA B 2 7 N.C. LIGHT
C BL_GND
TA B F
6 N.C.
5 N.C.
Q851,852 Q861
BL LEV UN9112J-(K8) 4 N.C.
R874 Q852
SWITCH LED DRIVE R873
0 UN9112J-(K8).SO 3 BL_LOW
4.9 4.9 0 120
PANEL_4.9V 2 LED
3 1 3 1
2
4.9
R860 C860 D852 1 LED_GND
R876 10k XX XX
1
68k 2 2
0 R855 4.8
120k
D LND851 D854
PG1112H-TR
SHIELD_GND
(STARTER)
4.9
3.6 1.0 C858 R859 R864 R869

LND852 0.01u 4700 47k 100k
SHIELD_GND 1 2 3 4
UN9214J-(K8).SO
C857 R861
LND853
IC851
OUT
VCC
0.022u 1800
TL5001CD-E2
0
FB
IN
SHIELD_GND 1 ±0.5%
1.7
Q851
LND854 SWITCHING
2 REG
SHIELD_GND C851
1.2
0.01u
3
E Q857,858
BL LEVEL IC852
Q858
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
IC851
2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO
GND
DTC
SCP
RT
CURRENT
1.0 0.9 0.9 DETECT
1 1 D853 -LCD type check-
1
Q857
8 7 6 5 4.8 1.4 MA111-(K8).S0
2 2 2 By measurimg the resistor valve between
3
0 0.6 0 2 1
0.9 Pin 13 of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
2.3
0.9
0 1 3
2
1 3 4.9
2 0.3 0.3 3 of CN803(FC-72 board),the type of LCD can
Q859
1
2
C855 0 UN9213J-(K8).SO 0.3 be discrimimated.
2.2u 2.6 R865 R866 SWITCH
R862 R863 C865
F F
2012 3
3 3300
±0.5%
1500 4700 1500
IC852
NJM2406F-TE2
R870
6800
R871
22k 0.1u
R872
470
Type SA : 10k
Type ST : 22k
R853 R854 C854 Q853 Q855 C863

6800 27k 2.2u UN9213J-(K8).SO UN9213J-(K8).SO 0.1u
6.3V
TA A PROTECT SWITCH
SWITCH
7 TO(3/3) BL_LEV
Note : Note :
G 0 are critical for safety. pour la sécurité.
16 Replace only with part number Ne les remplacer que par une
BACK LIGHT
— 11 — — 12 — PK-53 (2/3)
MVC-FD95

• Refer to page 5 for printed wiring board.
• Refer to page 15 for waveforms.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
NO MARK:REC/PB MODE
PK-53 BOARD(3/3) R :REC MODE SIGNAL PATH
RGB DRIVER/TG(RGB/TG BLOCK) P :PB MODE
VIDEO SIGNAL
XX MARK:NO MOUNT CHROMA Y Y/CHROMA
R912
* REC
Q902
*
3.2V SWITCH PB
2 TO(1/3) PANEL_3.2V
R903
3.1 3.1 L902
100uH
L903
47uH IC903
* 0 2520 2520
AMP
-LCD type check-
0 R904 C906
B 13.5
* * C907
22u R945 IC903
* NJM062V(TE2) Pin 13 of CN803(FC-72 board) and Pin 4
13.5
Q901 6.3V R982
D901 D902 * TA A 0 6.1
XX XX VCC+ of CN803(FC-72 board),the type of LCD can
B+ ON/OFF SWITCH
8
OUT1 R951 D904 be discrimimated.
5.6
R901
6.1 10k 1T369-01-T8A
PANEL_13.2V
* C921 OUT2
4 TO(1/3)
7
L901 R914 R916 R920 R923 C918 0.1u IN1- Type SA : 10k
2.8
33k 33k 33k R937 R949 R956
10uH * 10u 6.1
47k
Type ST : 22k
2520 10k 6.6 6.3V IN2- 33k C928
6
R913 R984 TA A IN1+ R947 0.001u
6.6 R946 L904
22k 47k ±0.5% R927 13.5 R953 C926
*
C902 XX IN2+ * 10k 3300p 6.8uH
5
C901 0.01u 47k VCC-
6.1 C924
2.8
3.3u
C 20V
TA A R910
R983
XX
Q904 C923
0.01u
R957 C927
22k R921 0.1u 1k 56p
R917
R924
R928 XP4601-TXE
47k
47k
* 6.1
47k AMP PSIG
C919 R987 R950 C925 R954
8 TO(1/3) REG_GND 13.5 3.3u R948 68k 4.7u
6.1 33k 27k XX R958 R961
COLOR
R915 2012
BRT_R
Q903 VREF VCO

BRT_B
R985 TA A *
47k XP4601-TXE *
* 5.5 R955
±0.5% AMP R952
P_XVD XX 0
R959 R960
6.1 *
*
B_LIM
PRG
FRP
SBLK
C903 5.5
0.1u C922
3.0
2.1
3.1
3.0
1.5
1.5
R930
D 0.1u 3.0 3.0
0
10k
1.7
1.7
1.5
1.6
1.6
1.8
1.5
0.9
6.1
3.1 13.5
0
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
36 35 34 33 32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25
HPOS1
HPOS0
XVD
SLSH2
RPD
GND
TEST
SLSH1
CKO/TEST
CKII
TEST/CKO
SLSH0
CN901 24P
PRG
GAMMA2
GAMMA1
WHITE.LIMIT
FRP
RGBBLK
BLACK.LIMIT
VREF
VCC2
PSIGGRAY
SUB.BRT.R
SUB.BRT.B
BRT
R905
10k 7 VCOM
24 TESTL NC
6 P_XHD 2.8
8 0
23 COM COM
C912
9
6.1
R902 R911
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
2.2u R931 R941 22 VST STH
27k 100k 6.0 100 VB XX 3.0 XHD VST/STH 3.0
2012
48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41 40 39 38 37
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
21 VCK XSTH
3.1 PSIG.OUT B.OUT 1.9 3.1 HPOS2 VCK/XSTH 1.5 LCD901
TEST
E XTEST B.DC.DET
R932 R942
XWIDE
IC904 10 EN/CKH1 R962 0 C931 20 EN CKH1 PANEL
C904
0.1u
1.5
5 6.0 100 VG * 0 1.5
* 19 DWN CKH2
LCD
CONT 1.3 BRIGHT
IC901 G.OUT 1.9 C913
2.2u R933 R943
NTSC 3.1 HPOS3
TIMMING GENERATOR
DWN/CHK2 3.0 R963 0
18 VDD HVDD
1.9 CONTRAST G.DC.DET 6.1 2012 100 VR * 3.0 NT/PAL TESTI/XSTV 3.1
C905
PSIG.DET
LCD DRIVER
4 ROUT 1.9 C914 R939 3.1 HPOS4 VDD 0
R974
* C929
17 VSS GND
2.2u 220k * R979 D906 16 VDDG VVDD
2.2u SUB.CONT.B R.DC.DET VDD TEST/STV
2012 R944 V_REV 3.1 1.5 *
2012 IC901 C920 IC904 *
100k 15 VSSG XSTV
3.1 SUB.CONT.R CXA8116R-T4 GND2 C915 0.1u
XHDO 0.2 VREV * 11 WIDE/CKV2 1.5 R968 * R981
XP4601-TXE
R934 2.2u *
R906 13.5 14 CS STV
BUFFER
R907 VCC1 GND1 XX F 2012 HDO HST/CKV1
Q905
100 0.5 3.1 0.4 R969 *
SHA 100 ±0.5% R938 D903 H_REV
SHB 0.5 SHA 1 SYNC.OUT 3.1 * 6.3 XX

COMTST 0 HREV NC/XENB 2.7 R980
*
13 WIDE CKV2
F SHG 3.1 SHB

2 3 SYNC.IN 3.0 3.0 COMTST NC/ENB 2.9
12 HST CKV1
5.8 6.3 11 REF XENB

0.5 SHG EXT.BGP XCLR NC/XPCG R970 *
SHR
5.7 VCOM 10 SDUT ENB
SHR SYNC.SEP
HCK1/XCSV
R908 R971 *
RGT/XCSH
R935
HCK2/PCG
R909
H.FILTER.OUT
100 9 CRext XPCG

100 1M C916 R940
H.FILTER.IN
C917
AGC.FILTER
R936 R972 *
AGC.LEVEL
2.2u 22k
39k 4.7u
R/R-Y/CR
XCLP
SBLK
AGC.OUT
REG.OUT
B/B-Y/CB
PICTURE
F 8 HCK2 PCG
GND
SHR
SHG
PRG
SHB
SHA
FRP
16V R964 0
COLOR
2012
TA A
XRGB
7 HCK1 CSV
G/Y
R965 * PSIG
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 6 PSIG PCD
VG
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3.0 5 G G
0.5
3.1
0.5
0.5
0
3.1
1.5
0
0
0.2
VR
G
1.4
1.8
2.0
1.8 3.1 2.0 1.2 4 R R

VB
3 B B
R918 C911 2 RGT CSH

XX R922 0.1u R929 R966 R977
XX 100k 1 TESTR NC
* *
R919 R986 R926 R967 R973
R975
XX XX 4700 * * * TYPE ST TYPE SA
COLOR
XCLP
XCLP
SBLK
1
COM
SHR
SHG
PRG
SHB
SHA
1
FRP
2 2
H R976
*
Q908
*
Q906 3 Q907 3
C908 XX XX
FB901 0.01u
BRT 1.5
VSS
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
PANEL_Y
1
1.3 BRIGHT 3.1

C909 COLOR VDDA
2
FB902 0.01u COLOR XHDO

6 TO(1/3) PANEL_R-Y
BRT_R 1.5
EN
3.1 EN HSY * MARKED: MOUNT TABLE
3
BRT_R P_XVD
C910 BRT_B 1.6 PANEL_V
SO
TYPE SA TYPE ST TYPE SA TYPE ST
4
FB903 0.01u BRT_B 2.6 P_XHD

CONT 1.3 SI HDO
PANEL_B-Y SI
5
B_LIM 0.9 CONTRAST 2.8 SCK PSIG C906 2200P ✕✕ R970 0 ✕✕

I SCK
6
B.LIMIT
VREF 1.5
COMTST
0 COMTST VG C929 ✕✕ 0.22U 16V R971 0 ✕✕
7
IC902 VCO 1.5 P_GRAY

NTSC
3.1 NTSC
R925
1 TO(1/3) C931 ✕✕ 1U 10V R972 0 ✕✕
8
1.5 VCO 3.1 *

EVR COM V_REV V_REV
MAKER_RECOG
✕✕ ✕✕
9
1.8 COM
H_REV
3.1 H_REV D906 RD3.3UM-T1 R973 6.8K
12 11 10
7 TO(2/3) BL_LEV
TEST 3.1 BL_LEV
VCC
3.1
SCK IC904 LC12017-52T CXD3510R-T4 R974 ✕✕ 150K
BRT_TST 3.1 XHI_SCK
P_MUTE
VDD EN
XCS_PANEL_D/A
Q901 UN9213J-(K8) ✕✕ R975 ✕✕ 470K
SI
IC902
C932
0.1u
HI_SO Q902 SI2301DS-T1 ✕✕ R976 ✕✕ 33K
J MB40D001PFV-G-BND-ER
Q908 ✕✕ 2SA1832F-Y R977 ✕✕ 56K
16 3 TO(1/3) D_3.2V
R901 0 ✕✕ R979 ✕✕ 0
R903 100K ✕✕ R980 ✕✕ 0
R904 100K ✕✕ R981 0 ✕✕
R912 ✕✕ 0 R985 82K 47K
R921 47K 33K
R923 39K 33K
R925 10K 22K
R938 68K 47K
R942 0 ✕✕
R943 ✕✕ 0
R945 56K 39K
R947 150K 330K
R958 ✕✕ 0
R959 0 ✕✕
R960 ✕✕ 0
R961 ✕✕ 0
R965 ✕✕ 0
R966 ✕✕ 0
R967 6.8K ✕✕
R968 0 ✕✕
R969 0 ✕✕
RGB DRIVE/TG
PK-53 (3/3) — 13 — — 14 —
WAVEFORMS PARTS LOCATION
PK-53 BOARD (SIDE A)
PK-53 BOARD
REC/PB C852 E-3 FB781 E-4 R717 A-6 R929 E-4
C853 E-3 FB782 E-5 R718 A-6 R931 E-6
C854 E-3 FB783 E-5 R719 A-6 R932 D-4
1 IC901 8 9 IC904 wk C856 E-3 FB784 E-4 R720 C-1 R941 E-6
C857 D-3 FB785 E-5 R721 A-2 R942 E-6
C858 D-3 FB787 C-1 R722 D-1 R943 E-6
C859 E-3 FB788 C-2 R723 D-1 R944 E-6
C860 D-3 FB789 C-2 R724 G-6 R945 F-7
C861 E-2 FB790 C-1 R729 B-7 R952 F-6
C862 E-3 FB791 B-2 R782 C-2 R954 F-6
3.8Vp-p C864 E-2 FB801 D-4 R787 C-1 R958 F-6
440mVp-p 85nsec
H C901 D-7 FB802 D-4 R803 E-4 R959 F-6
C902 D-7 FB803 D-4 R807 D-4 R960 F-7
2 IC901 9 q; IC904 wa,ws C903 E-5 FB901 E-5 R819 D-4 R961 E-7
C904 D-6 FB902 E-5 R855 D-3 R962 E-7
C905 D-6 FB903 E-4 R856 E-3 R963 D-7
C906 D-6 R857 E-3 R964 D-7
C907 D-6 IC901 D-5 R858 E-3 R965 D-7
C908 D-6 IC904 E-6 R859 D-3 R966 D-7
3.8Vp-p C909 E-5 R860 D-3 R967 D-7
512nsec C910 E-6 L851 E-3 R861 D-3 R968 E-7
400mVp-p C911 E-5 L901 D-6 R862 D-3 R969 D-7
H
C912 E-6 L902 D-6 R863 D-3 R970 E-7
C913 D-4 L903 E-6 R865 D-3 R971 D-7
3 IC901 q; qa IC904 qh,qj C914 D-7 L904 F-7 R866 D-3 R972 E-7
C915 C-6 L905 F-7 R873 C-3 R973 D-7
C917 E-4 R901 D-6 R975 D-7
C918 F-6 Q854 E-3 R902 D-6 R977 D-7
C919 E-7 Q855 D-3 R903 D-6 R982 D-4
3.4Vp-p C920 E-6 Q856 E-3 R904 D-6 R986 E-6
220mVp-p 127µsec C927 F-7 Q857 D-3 R905 D-6
H Q858 D-3 R906 D-6 S701 A-7
D701 B-2 Q859 D-3 R907 D-5 S702 A-5
D702 A-3 Q860 E-2 R908 D-6 S703 B-5
D703 A-3 Q861 C-3 R909 E-5 S704 D-1
4 IC901 w; D782 E-4 Q901 D-6 R911 D-6 S705 A-2
D783 F-5 Q902 D-6 R912 D-6 S706 C-1
D785 C-1 Q906 D-7 R915 D-5 S707 G-6
D789 F-5 Q907 D-7 R917 D-5 S708 D-1
D790 F-5 Q908 D-7 R919 E-6 S709 F-1
D852 C-1 R921 D-5
D854 C-3 R708 A-3 R922 E-6
D901 D-5 R712 A-3 R924 D-5
2H 11.5Vp-p D902 D-6 R714 A-3 R926 E-5
D903 E-6 R716 A-6 R928 D-5
5 IC901 ws
PK-53 BOARD (SIDE B)

BT701 B-13 D784 E-11 R709 B-8 R946 E-8
D786 C-14 R710 B-8 R947 E-8
C701 B-9 D787 C-14 R711 B-9 R949 E-8
C702 B-10 D788 C-14 R713 B-12 R950 E-8
11.5Vp-p C703 B-9 D853 D-12 R715 B-12 R951 E-8
2H
C704 B-9 D904 E-8 R725 B-8 R957 E-8
6 IC901 wf C705
C706
A-12
A-12
D906 D-9 R726
R853
B-8
E-12
R953
R956
E-8
E-8
C707 B-9 FB786 E-11 R854 E-12 R974 C-8
C708 B-9 R864 E-12 R976 C-9
C709 B-9 IC701 B-9 R867 E-13 R979 D-8
C710 B12 IC702 B-12 R868 E-13 R980 D-8
C711 B-12 IC851 D-12 R869 D-12 R981 D-9
C781 C-13 IC852 D-12 R870 D-12 R983 D-10
11.5Vp-p C782 C-13 IC902 E-3 R871 D-12 R984 D-10
2H C783 C-14 IC903 E-8 R872 C-12 R987 E-10
C851 E-12 R874 D-12
7 IC904 ej C855 E-12 J781 B-14 R876 D-12 SE701 A-12
C863 D-12 R910 D-10
C865 D-12 L701 B-10 R913 D-10 T851 D-13
C866 D-13 L702 B-12 R914 D-10
C915 D-11 L852 E-12 R916 E-10
3.0Vp-p C916 E-11 L853 E-13 R920 D-10
H C921 E-8 R923 D-11
C923 E-8 Q851 D-12 R925 D-10
C924 E-8 Q852 D-12 R927 D-10
C925 E-9 Q853 E-13 R930 D-10
8 IC904 ef C928
C929
E-8
C-8
Q903
Q904
E-10
E-10
R933
R934
F-9
D-11
C931 D-9 Q905 E-11 R935 D-11
R936 D-11
CN701 D-10 R702 B-9 R937 E-10
CN702 B-8 R703 A-12 R938 D-11
3.4Vp-p CN781 E-10 R704 A-12 R939 E-11
V
CN851 C-12 R706 B-9 R940 E-11
CN901 C-8 R707 B-9 R945 E-8
WAVEFORMS / PARTS LOCATION

— 15 — PK-53
SECTION 5
ADJUSTMENTS
5-1. ADJUSTMENT : Added portion. : Changed portion.

1-5. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
[Page: 5-29]
1-5-1. LCD Type Check 1-5-3. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PK-53 board)
By measuring the resistor value between Pin qd of CN803 and Pin
4 of CN803, the type of LCD can be discriminated. 1. LCD Initial Data Input
Resistor value LCD type Adjustment Mode PLAY
4.7 kΩ TYPE SH Perform “1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM Signal Arbitrary
47 kΩ TYPE CA ADJUSTMENT (PK-49 board)” Adjustment Page D
10 kΩ TYPE SA Perform “1-5-3. LCD SYSTEM Adjustment Address D0 to D9, DC to DF
22 kΩ TYPE ST ADJUSTMENT (PK-53 board)”
type.
[Page: 5-30]
1-5-2. LCD SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT (PK-49 board) Adjusting method:
1. LCD Initial Data Input 2) Select page: D, and input the data in the following table.
Mode PLAY Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander
Signal Arbitrary 3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Adjustment Page D
Data
Adjustment Address D0 to D9, DC to DF Address Remark
LCD TYPE SA LCD TYPE ST
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD D0 20 20 Bright adj.
type. D1 62 62 Color adj.
D2 A0 A0 White balance adj.
Adjusting method:
D3 88 88 White balance adj.
2) Select page: D, and input the data in the following table. D4 D0 C0 Contrast adj.
Note: Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander D5 90 90 Black limit adj.
each time to set the data. D6 90 90 VG center adj.
3) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. D7 70 78 VCO adj. (NTSC)
Data D8 98 75 V-COM adj.
Address Remark
LCD TYPE SH LCD TYPE CA D9 73 73 Fixed data
D0 A2 B2 Bright adj. DC B5 AA Fixed data
D1 66 63 Color adj. DD 90 98 VCO adj. (PAL)
D2 A8 A0 White balance adj. DE 33 33 Fixed data
D3 7A 6A White balance adj. DF 00 00 Fixed data
D4 B8 C0 Contrast adj.
D5 B0 54 D range adj.
D6 7C 8A V-COM level adj.
D7 6F 6F VCO adj. (NTSC)
D8 74 8A V-COM adj.
D9 73 73 Fixed data
DC B5 B5 Fixed data
DD 6F 4F VCO adj. (PAL)
DE 13 13 Fixed data
DF 00 00 Fixed data
— 16 —
2. VCO Adjustment (PK-53 board) 3. Black Limit Adjustment (PK-53 board)
Set the VCO free-run frequency. If deviated, the LCD screen will Set the amplitude of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the
be blurred. specified value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or
Mode PLAY saturated (whitish).
Measurement Point CH1: Signal Arbitrary
Video terminal of AUDIO/VIDEO Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board
OUT jack (VG)
CH2: External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of
Pin 7 of CN803 of FC-72 board FC-72 board (COM)
(HSY) Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Address D5
Adjustment Address D7 (NTSC) Specified Value LCD TYPE SA: A = 7.4 ± 0.1 V
DD (PAL) LCD TYPE ST: A = 8.2 ± 0.1 V
Specified Value LCD TYPE SA:
t = 2.05 ± 0.10 µsec (NTSC) Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
t = 3.55 ± 0.10 µsec (PAL) type.
LCD TYPE ST:
t = 2.10 ± 0.10 µsec (NTSC) Adjusting method:
t = 3.20 ± 0.10 µsec (PAL) 1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01.
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD 3) Select page: D, address: D0, set data: 20.
type. 4) Select page: D, address: D5, change the data and set the voltage
(A) between the reversed waveform black limit level and non-
Menu setting: reversed waveform black limit level to the specified value.
VIDEO OUT of SET UP menu ............................................ NTSC 5) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
(This adjustment must be performed in NTSC mode, so don’t set 6) Perform “Bright Adjustment”.
the menu setting to “PAL”.) 7) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
Adjusting method:
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. Black limit level
2) Change the data of page: D, address: D7, and adjust the phase
difference time (t) to the NTSC specified value.
4) Change the data of page: D, address: DD, and adjust the phase
difference time (t) to the PAL specified value.
H A
CH1
CH2 2H
Black limit level
Fig. 5-1-32.
Enlargment
CH1
CH2
t
Fig. 5-1-31.
— 17 —
4. Bright Adjustment (PK-53 board) 5. Contrast Adjustment (PK-53 board)
Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified Set the level of the VIDEO signal for driving the LCD to the specified
value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated value. If deviated, the screen image will be blackish or saturated
(whitish). (whitish).
Mode PLAY Mode PLAY
Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board
(VG) (VG)
External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of
FC-72 board (COM) FC-72 board (COM)
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Page D Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address D0 Adjustment Address D4
Specified Value LCD TYPE SA: A = 7.0 ± 0.1 V Specified Value LCD TYPE SA: A = 2.27 ± 0.05 V
LCD TYPE ST: A = 7.8 ± 0.1 V LCD TYPE ST: A = 2.50 ± 0.05 V
Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type. type.

2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03. 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 03.
3) Select page: D, address: D0, change the data and set the voltage 3) Select page: D, address: D4, change the data and set the voltage
(A) between the reversed waveform pedestal and non-reversed (A) between the 10 steps peak and pedestal to the specified
waveform pedestal to the specified value. value.
4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander. 4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00. 5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00.
Pedestal
A
10 steps peak
Pedestal
2H
2H
Pedestal
Fig. 5-1-33. Fig. 5-1-34.
— 18 —
6. Color Adjustment (PK-53 board) 7. VG Center Adjustment (PK-53 board)
Set the color saturation to the standard value. If deviated, the color Set the video signal center level of LCD panel to an appropriate
will be too dark or light. level.
Mode PLAY Mode PLAY
Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board Measurement Point Pin 9 of CN803 of FC-72 board
(VG) (VG)
External trigger: Pin 8 of CN803 of Measuring Instrument Digital voltmeter
FC-72 board (COM)
Adjustment Page D
Measuring Instrument Oscilloscope
Adjustment Address D6
Adjustment Page D
Specified Value LCD TYPE SA: A= 6.00 ± 0.05 Vdc
Adjustment Address D1 LCD TYPE ST: A= 7.00 ± 0.05 Vdc
Specified Value LCD TYPE SA: A= 300 ± 50 mV
LCD TYPE ST: A= 400 ± 50 mV Note: Refer to “1-5-1. LCD type check” for the discrimination of the LCD
type.
type. Adjusting method:
Adjusting method: 2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 02.
1) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 01. 3) Select page: D, address: D6, change the data and set the DC
2) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 04. voltage (A) of VG signal to the specified value.
3) Select page: D, address: D1, change the data and set the voltage 4) Press the PAUSE button of the adjustment remote commander.
(A) between the white 100% (Reference level) and green to 5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00.
the specified value. 6) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00.
White 100 %
A Green
2H
Fig. 5-1-35.
— 19 —
8. V-COM Adjustment (PK-53 board) 9. White Balance Adjustment (PK-53 board)
Set the DC bias of the common electrode drive signal of LCD to the Correct the white balance.
specified value. If deviated, the LCD screen color cannot be reproduced.
If deviated, the LCD display will move, producing flicker and Mode PLAY
conspicuous vertical lines.
Signal Arbitrary
Mode PLAY
Measurement Point
Signal Arbitrary Check on LCD display
Measurement Point
Check on LCD display Adjustment Page D
Adjustment Address D2, D3
Adjustment Page D
Specified Value The LCD screen should not be
Adjustment Address D8 colored.
Specified Value The brightness difference between the
section A and section B is minimum. Note 1: Use the AC power adaptor during this adjustment.
Note 2: Check the white balance only when replacing the following parts.
Note: Perform “Bright Adjustment” and “Contrast Adjustment” before this If necessary, adjust them.
adjustment. 1. LCD panel
3. IC901
Adjusting method:
Adjusting method:
4) Select page: D, address: D8, change the data so that the
3) Select page: D, address: D2 and D3, set the data to the initial
brightness of the section A and that of the section B is equal.
value.
6) For the “ST” type LCD only each time to set the data.
Select page: D, address: D8, subtract 9 from the data, and press
the PAUSE button. Address
Remark
7) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00. D2 D3
8) Select page: 2, address: 10, set data: 00. A0 88 LCD TYPE SA
9) Select page: 0, address: 01, and set data: 00. Data
A0 88 LCD TYPE ST
4) Check that the LCD screen is not colored. If colored, change

B A the data of page: D, address: D2 and D3 so that the LCD screen
is not colored.
A Note: To write in the non-volatile memory (EEPROM), press the
B
to set the data.
B A 5) Select page: 5, address: F1, set data: 00.
A B
Fig. 5-1-36.
— 20 —
SECTION 6
REPAIR PARTS LIST
6-1. EXPLODED VIEWS

NOTE:
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may • Abbreviation The components identified by mark 0or
have some differences from the original one. CND : Canadian model. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they AUS : Australian model. Replace only with part number specified.
are seldom required for routine service. Some HK : Hong Kong model. Les composants identifiés par une marque
delay should be anticipated when ordering these KR : Korea model. 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
items. JE : Tourist model. Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
• The mechanical parts with no reference number J : Japanese model. le numéro spécifié.
in the exploded views are not supplied.
6-1-1. OVERALL ASSEMBLY SECTION : Added portion.
5
10
9
5
11 5
C
5
B 5
A
7
5
D
E G 12
C
2
-7 F
5 FCard
Bo ED
F
6 G 8
6
1 B
A
2
3 4
5
not 5
supplied
1 1-678-338-11 FP-175 FLEXIBLE BOARD 7 X-3950-691-1 CAP ASSY, LENS
2 A-7096-165-A FC-72(95) BOARD, COMPLETE (SERVICE) 8 3-062-043-01 STRING CAP
* 3 3-062-814-01 FRAME, FDD 9 3-724-511-51 SHOE, ACCESSORY
4 1-772-563-11 DRIVE, FLOPPY DISK 10 3-056-624-01 LOCK ACE, +K SCREW (M2)
5 3-968-729-91 SCREW(M2), LOCK ACE, P2 11 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
6 7-627-854-07 PRECISION SCREW +P 2X2.5 TYPE3 * 12 3-063-155-01 PLATE, FPC
— 21 —
6-1-2. TOP CABINET ASSEMBLY SECTION : Added portion. : Changed portion. : Deleted portion.
H
68
G
65
H D
68 70
66
51 61
G 67 60
not
supplied 62
I
55 A 51 not
63 supplied
55
56 E
51
59
Flash unit
B (not supplied)
58 J
74
not
supplied
55 not
supplied MIC901
55 not 51
F supplied
54 F 69
not 52 B 73
supplied
C
64 75 A
53 51 C
E D 51
I
52 57
51 72
51
51 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 64 3-062-299-01 SHEET, MICROPHONE
52 1-418-896-11 SWITCH BLOCK, CONTROL (ZOOM BLOCK 360) 65 3-060-902-01 CABINET (UPPER), ST
(ZOOM AND SHUTTER) 66 X-3950-615-1 BLIND ASSY
53 3-060-905-01 HOLDER (360), SW 67 3-060-871-01 BASE, TILT
54 A-7074-451-A MA-379 BOARD, COMPLETE 68 3-713-791-51 SCREW (M1.7X3.5), TAPPING, P2
55 3-968-729-91 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
69 X-3950-614-1 GRILLE ASSY, MICROPHONE
56 1-678-328-11 FP-174 FLEXIBLE BOARD 70 X-3950-613-1 ST ASSY
57 1-678-325-11 FP-171 FLEXIBLE BOARD 0 71 1-476-069-11 FLASH UNIT
58 A-7074-452-A AE-022 BOARD, COMPLETE * 72 3-062-816-01 SHEET, WATERPROOF
59 3-060-898-01 BUTTON, AE 73 9-885-005-94 ELEMENT, RAY CATCHER
60 3-695-567-01 WASHER (1.4), SPECIAL
0 74 9-885-005-95 FLASH
61 X-3950-612-1 CABINET ASSY, TOP * 75 3-063-352-01 SHEET, ST
62 3-060-913-01 STOPPER, SHOE MIC901 1-542-428-11 MICROPHONE UNIT
63 3-060-868-01 BUTTON, OPEN
Note : Note :
— 22 —
6-1-6. CABINET (REAR) BLOCK ASSEMBLY SECTION : Added portion.
281 Note 1: To replace the PK-49, PK-53 boards and LCD module,
discriminate the type of LCD and replace them
not 263
supplied 265 in combination of the same type.
274 266
LCD type check
By measuring the resistor value between
262 264 Pin qd of CN803 (FC-72 board) and Pin 4 of
267 CN803 (FC-72 board), the type of LCD can be discriminated.
261 251
260 Type CA : 47KΩ
269 Type SH : 4.7KΩ
251 Type SA : 10KΩ
268 LCD901 (Note 1) Type ST : 22KΩ
259 251
258 ND901
not 272
supplied
not 255
supplied
270 273 (Note 1)
271
256
280
not
supplied 251
257
PKard
254 Bo
253 251
(Note 2) SP901
279
276 251
252 251
278 277
275
Note 2 : Refer to "Eject button section" on page 2-7
when installing the Rack (A).
: BT701(Lithium battary) PK board on the mount position.(See page 4-33)
251 3-948-339-61 TAPPING 272 3-060-889-01 PLATE, BL FIXED
252 3-058-787-01 RACK (A) 273 A-7074-447-A PK-49 (CASI) BOARD, COMPLETE (CA)
253 3-058-790-01 SPRING, EJECT 273 A-7074-448-A PK-49 (SHAP) BOARD, COMPLETE (SH)
254 3-058-788-01 RACK (B) 273 A-7074-507-A PK-53 (SNYO) BOARD, COMPLETE (SA)
255 3-060-839-01 RETAINER, P KNOB 273 A-7074-510-A PK-53 (SC) BOARD, COMPLETE (ST)
256 3-058-786-01 GEAR, PINION 274 3-060-901-01 SHEET METAL, SELECTION CLICK
257 3-058-792-11 LID, CPC * 275 3-058-791-01 RETAINER, SPEAKER
258 3-058-782-01 KNOB, EJECT 276 3-061-157-11 BUTTON, FUNCTION
259 3-058-783-01 BUTTON, LOCK 277 X-3950-622-1 CASE (LOWER) ASSY, Z SHIELD
260 3-058-785-01 SPRING, LOCK BUTTON 278 X-3950-610-1 CABINET (REAR) ASSY
261 3-058-784-01 RETAINER, LOCK BUTTON 279 3-914-366-01 SCREW (DIA. 1.7X4), PRECISION
262 3-060-838-01 KNOB, POWER 280 3-968-729-51 SCREW (M2), LOCK ACE, P2
263 3-060-928-01 COVER, ACC JACK 281 X-3950-848-1 KNOB ASSY, MODE SELECTION (SERVICE)
264 1-678-329-21 FP-176 FLEXIBLE BOARD (INCLUDING JACK) LCD901 1-803-858-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (SH)
265 3-060-931-01 SHAFT, STRAP LCD901 1-803-860-21 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (CA)
266 3-060-850-01 RETAINER, MODE SELECTION LCD901 1-803-997-11 INDICATOR MODULE LIQUID CRYST (SA)
267 3-060-848-01 SHEET METAL (R), STRAP LCD901 8-753-050-55 ACX307AK-1 (ST)
268 3-060-927-01 COVER, AV JACK 0 ND901 1-517-751-21 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE
269 3-060-932-01 DAMPER, FRICTION (EXCEPT SA)
270 3-060-886-01 SHEET METAL (L), STRAP 0 ND901 1-517-751-61 TUBE, FLUORESCENT,COLD CATHODE (SA)
SP901 1-505-862-41 SPEAKER (2.0 CM)
271 3-058-789-01 COVER, GEAR
Note : Note :
— 23 —
PK-53
6-2. ELECTRICAL PARTS LIST

NOTE:
• Due to standardization, replacements in the • COILS • LCD type check
parts list may be different from the parts uH: µH By measuring the resistor value between Pin
specified in the diagrams or the components • SEMICONDUCTORS qd of CN803 (FC-72 board) and Pin 4 of
used on the set. In each case, u: µ, for example: CN803 (FC-72 board), the type of LCD can
• -XX, -X mean standardized parts, so they may uA...: µA... , uPA... , µPA... , be discriminated.
have some difference from the original one. uPB... , µPB... , uPC... , µPC... , Type SA: 10 kΩ
• Items marked “*” are not stocked since they uPD..., µPD... Type ST: 22 kΩ
are seldom required for routine service. Some • Abbreviation When indicating parts by reference number,
delay should be anticipated when ordering these CND : Canadian model. please include the board name.
items. AUS : Australian model.
• CAPACITORS: HK : Hong Kong model. The components identified by mark 0 or
uF: µF CN : Chinese model. dotted line with mark 0 are critical for safety.
Replace only with part number specified.
• RESISTORS KR : Korea model.
All resistors are in ohms. JE : Tourist model. Les composants identifiés par une marque
METAL: metal-film resistor J : Japanese model. 0 sont critiques pour la sécurité.
Ne les remplacer que par une pièce portant
METAL OXIDE: Metal Oxide-film resistor le numéro spécifié.
F: nonflammable
A-7074-507-A PK-53 (SNYO) BOARD, COMPLETE (SA) C912 1-125-838-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 6.3V
**************************** C913 1-125-838-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 6.3V
A-7074-510-A PK-53 (SC) BOARD, COMPLETE (ST) C914 1-125-838-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 6.3V
************************* C915 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V
(Ref.No.;5000Series) C916 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V
< BATTERY > C917 1-107-686-11 TANTAL. CHIP 4.7uF 20% 16V
C918 1-135-259-11 TANTAL. CHIP 10uF 20% 6.3V
BT701 1-528-900-11 BATTERY, LITHIUM SECONDARY C919 1-107-687-11 TANTAL. CHIP 3.3uF 20% 20V
< CAPACITOR > C921 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C705 1-119-750-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V C922 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C706 1-115-467-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 10V C923 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C711 1-162-925-11 CERAMIC CHIP 68PF 5% 50V C925 1-127-760-91 CERAMIC CHIP 4.7uF 10% 6.3V
C852 1-119-751-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 16V C927 1-162-924-11 CERAMIC CHIP 56PF 5% 50V
C853 1-165-128-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 16V C928 1-162-964-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.001uF 10% 50V
C854 1-135-149-21 TANTALUM CHIP 2.2uF 20% 10V C929 1-164-489-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.22uF 10% 16V (ST)
C855 1-164-505-11 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 16V C931 1-109-982-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1.0uF 10% 10V (ST)
C856 1-162-918-11 CERAMIC CHIP 18PF 5% 50V C932 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V
C857 1-164-227-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.022uF 10% 25V < CONNECTOR >
C859 1-162-920-11 CERAMIC CHIP 27PF 5% 50V CN701 1-778-637-21 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 50P
C861 1-113-682-11 TANTAL. CHIP 33uF 20% 10V CN702 1-784-342-11 HOUSING, CONNECTOR 2P
C862 1-115-156-11 CERAMIC CHIP 1uF 10V CN781 1-691-344-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 6P
CN851 1-764-709-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (LIF) 10P
C863 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V CN901 1-691-362-11 CONNECTOR, FFC/FPC (ZIF) 24P
C865 1-107-826-91 CERAMIC CHIP 0.1uF 10% 16V < DIODE >
0 C866 1-131-959-91 CERAMIC CHIP 12PF 10% 3KV
C901 1-107-687-11 TANTAL. CHIP 3.3uF 20% 20V D701 8-719-061-81 DIODE TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
D702 8-719-061-81 DIODE TLYU1002(TPX1,SONY)
C902 1-162-970-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.01uF 10% 25V D703 8-719-064-05 DIODE TLGU1002(TPX1,SONY)
C905 1-125-838-91 CERAMIC CHIP 2.2uF 10% 6.3V
C906 1-162-966-11 CERAMIC CHIP 0.0022uF 10% 50V D784 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0
(SA) D785 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0
D786 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
C907 1-119-750-11 TANTAL. CHIP 22uF 20% 6.3V D787 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO
— 24 —
PK-53
D789 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO Q861 8-729-042-59 TRANSISTOR UN9112J-(K8).SO
D790 8-719-045-87 DIODE MA4Z082WA-(TX).SO Q901 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO (SA)
D853 8-719-073-01 DIODE MA111-(K8).S0 Q902 8-729-046-75 TRANSISTOR SI2301DS-T1 (SA)
D854 8-719-062-44 DIODE PG1112H-TR Q903 8-729-427-74 TRANSISTOR XP4601-TXE
D904 8-713-102-80 DIODE 1T369-01-T8A Q904 8-729-427-74 TRANSISTOR XP4601-TXE
D906 8-719-050-42 DIODE RD3.3UM-T1B (ST) Q905 8-729-427-74 TRANSISTOR XP4601-TXE

Q908 8-729-037-53 TRANSISTOR 2SA1832F-Y/GR (TPL3)(ST)
< FERRITE BEAD >
< RESISTOR >
FB785 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH R713 1-218-872-11 METAL CHIP 11K 0.5% 1/16W
R714 1-216-819-11 METAL CHIP 680 5% 1/16W
FB787 1-414-633-22 INDUCTOR CHIP 0UH R715 1-216-847-11 METAL CHIP 150K 5% 1/16W
R719 1-216-826-11 METAL CHIP 2.7K 5% 1/16W
FB791 1-469-324-21 FERRITE 0UH
R723 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
< IC > R724 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
IC702 8-759-572-54 IC TA6009FN(EL) R729 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W

IC851 8-759-521-35 IC TL5001CDR R782 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
IC852 8-759-075-70 IC TA75S393F-TE85R R787 1-216-821-11 METAL CHIP 1K 5% 1/16W
IC901 8-759-524-98 IC CXA8116R-T4 R853 1-218-867-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 0.5% 1/16W
IC902 8-759-364-05 IC MB40D001PFV-G-BND-ER R854 1-218-881-11 METAL CHIP 27K 0.5% 1/16W
IC903 8-759-327-01 IC NJM062V(TE2) R855 1-218-897-11 METAL CHIP 120K 0.5% 1/16W
IC904 8-752-405-01 IC CXD3510R-T4 (ST) R856 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/16W
IC904 8-759-677-84 IC LC12017-52T-TE-B (SA) R857 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R858 1-216-818-11 METAL CHIP 560 5% 1/16W
< JACK > R859 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
J781 1-695-514-31 JACK (SMALL TYPE) 1P R860 1-218-871-11 METAL CHIP 10K 0.5% 1/16W
(AUDIO(MONO)VIDEO OUT) R861 1-218-853-11 METAL CHIP 1.8K 0.5% 1/16W
R862 1-218-859-11 METAL CHIP 3.3K 0.5% 1/16W
< COIL > R863 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
R864 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W
L702 1-414-756-11 INDUCTOR 47uH
L851 1-414-753-91 INDUCTOR 4.7uH R865 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W
L852 1-424-674-11 INDUCTOR 22uH R866 1-216-823-11 METAL CHIP 1.5K 5% 1/16W
R869 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
L902 1-414-757-11 INDUCTOR 100uH
L904 1-412-949-21 INDUCTOR 6.8uH R871 1-216-837-11 METAL CHIP 22K 5% 1/16W
R872 1-216-817-11 METAL CHIP 470 5% 1/16W
< TRANSISTOR > R873 1-216-810-11 METAL CHIP 120 5% 1/16W
R874 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0
Q853 8-729-037-74 TRANSISTOR UN9213J-(K8).SO R901 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
Q854 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO (SA)
R903 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
Q856 8-729-823-84 TRANSISTOR FP102-TL (SA)
Q857 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO R904 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
Q858 8-729-037-52 TRANSISTOR 2SD2216J-QR(K8).SO (SA)
Q860 8-729-039-43 TRANSISTOR FP216-TL
— 25 —
PK-53
R905 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R950 1-216-843-11 METAL CHIP 68K 5% 1/16W
R906 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R951 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R907 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R953 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W
R912 1-216-295-91 SHORT 0 (ST) (ST)
R914 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W (SA)
R960 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R915 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W (ST)
R917 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W (ST)
R920 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
(ST) R963 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R964 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
(SA) (ST)
(ST) (ST)
R923 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W
(SA) R967 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
R924 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W (SA)
(ST) (SA)
R969 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R925 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W (SA)
(SA) R970 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R926 1-216-829-11 METAL CHIP 4.7K 5% 1/16W (SA)
R928 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W (SA)
R929 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
R972 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R930 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W (SA)
R931 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W R973 1-216-831-11 METAL CHIP 6.8K 5% 1/16W
R932 1-216-809-11 METAL CHIP 100 5% 1/16W (SA)
R935 1-216-857-11 METAL CHIP 1M 5% 1/16W (ST)
R975 1-216-853-11 METAL CHIP 470K 5% 1/16W
R936 1-216-840-11 METAL CHIP 39K 5% 1/16W (ST)
R937 1-216-833-91 RES-CHIP 10K 5% 1/16W R976 1-216-839-11 METAL CHIP 33K 5% 1/16W
R938 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W (ST)
(ST)
(SA) (ST)
(ST)
R942 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W (ST)
(SA) R981 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R943 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W (SA)
(ST) R982 1-216-864-11 METAL CHIP 0 5% 1/16W
R944 1-216-845-11 METAL CHIP 100K 5% 1/16W
(ST) R985 1-218-887-11 METAL CHIP 47K 0.5% 1/16W
(ST)
(SA) (SA)
(SA)
R947 1-216-851-11 METAL CHIP 330K 5% 1/16W < SWITCH >
(ST)
R948 1-216-838-11 METAL CHIP 27K 5% 1/16W S701 1-771-688-21 SWITCH, TACTILE (MENU)
R949 1-216-841-11 METAL CHIP 47K 5% 1/16W S702 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (DISPLAY)
S703 1-572-467-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (POWER)
S704 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (VOLUME +)
S705 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (FLASH)
— 26 —
PK-53
S706 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (VOLUME -)
S707 1-771-331-21 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (PLAY)
S708 1-771-138-61 SWITCH, KEY BOARD (LCD ON/OFF)
S709 1-771-331-51 SWITCH, PUSH (1 KEY) (MOVIE)
< SENSOR >
SE701 1-801-868-41 SENSOR, SHOCK
< TRANSFORMER >
0 T851 1-435-227-11 TRANSFORMER, INVERTER

************************************************************
Note : Note :
— 27 —
[ CORRECTION ]
Correct your service manual as shown below.
SERVICE NOTE : Added portion.
Page INCORRECT CORRECT
CPC lid CPC lid
6
Screw driver (–) Screw driver (–)
CPC-12 jig
CPC-12 jig 22 pin flexible board
22
1 22
FC-72 board
CN803 FC-72 board 1
Insulator side CN803 Insulator side
SECTION 2. DISASSEMBLY : Added portion. : Changed portion.

2-2. VF-143 BOARD, VF LENS ASSEMBLY

[ MA-379 BOARD, EVF CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
CPC-12 jig
CPC-12 jig 22
1 22
FC-72 board FC-72 board

1
CN803 CN803
2-2 Insulator side Insulator side 22
22
CPC-12 jig 1
(J-6082-436-A) 1
22
1 AC IN
AC
AC IN AD
AC
AD
Adjustment remote
CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A) commander (RM-95)
2-3. LCD, PK-49 BOARD

[ LCD, PK-49 BOARD CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
Adjustment remote
FC-72 board FC-72 board commander (RM-95)
CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A) 22
2-3
1
22 1
22
1
CPC-12 jig
(J-6082-436-A)
— 28 —
: Added portion. : Changed portion.
2-4. FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS, FLOPPY DISK DRIVE

[ FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
22
FC-72 board
1
FC-72 board
Adjustment remote
2-5 commander (RM-95)
22
1
49 49
d d
1
22
CPC-12 jig
CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A) (J-6082-436-A)
2-6. VP-50 BOARD, LENS BLOCK ASSEMBLY

[ LENS BLOCK (CD-245 BOARD), VP-50 BOARD CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]
22
) 6p)
FC-72 board
1
FC-72 board Adjustment remote
2-7 PK-49 board PK-49 board commander (RM-95)
22
1
49 K-
49
d 1
22
CPC-12 jig
CPC-12 jig (J-6082-436-A) (J-6082-436-A)
SECTION 5. ADJUSTMENTS
: Changed portion.
1. Before Starting Adjustment
1-1. Adjusting Items When Replacing Main Parts and Boards
( gg ) ( gg )
VF-143 board IC502 (RGB decoder) VF-143 board IC502 (RGB decoder)
5-2 VF-143 board IC503 (EVR) VF-143 board IC503 (EVR)
VF-143 board IC503 (Timing generator) VF-143 board IC603 (Timing generator)
VF-143 board ND601 (Fluorescent tube) VF-143 board ND601 (Fluorescent tube)
VF-143 board Q501, D501 (Eye sensor) VF-143 board Q501, D501 (Eye sensor)
5-1. ADJUSTMENT
1-1. PREPARATIONS BEFORE ADJUSTMENT
J-7 J-7
5-3
— 29 —
MVC-FD95
: Added portion. : Changed portion.

CPC lid CPC lid
5-4
5-29
5-35
Screw driver (–) Screw driver (–)
CPC-12 jig 22 CPC-12 jig

22 pin flexible board 22 pin flexible board
1 22
FC-72 board
CN803 FC-72 board 1
Insulator side CN803 Insulator side
CPC-12 jig CPC-12 jig

(J-6082-436-A) (J-6082-436-A)
1 21
2 22
CN803
5-6 LANC
1 22
jack
22
CN803
LANC
jack 1
Sony Corporation
2000G1631-1
9-929-828-81 Personal VIDEO Products Company Printed in Japan ©2000.7
— 30 — Published by Safety & Service Engineering Dept.

Service Manual: MVC-FD95

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: MVC-FD95

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual: MVC-FD95

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

MVC-FD95

SERVICE MANUAL US Model

On the FC-72 board This service manual contains information

DIGITAL STILL CAMERA

After correcting the original service problem, perform the following

• NOTE FOR REPAIR

When installing a connector, don't press down at wire of connector.

Cut and remove the part of gilt

[Discharging of the FLASH unit’s charging capacitor]

The charging capacitor of the FLASH unit is charged up to the

Preparing the Short Jig Discharging the Capacitor

[Description on Self-diagnosis Display]

Display Code Countermeasure Cause Caution Display During Error

Note: The error code is cleared if rthe battery is removed, except

LCD Type Check

Screw driver (–)

2-3. LCD, PK-49 board LCD, PK-49 board

2-7. Eject button section

2-4. FC-72, FU-139 boards, Main (FC-72) board, FU-139 board

2-5. Lens compelete assembly

2-6. VP-50 board,

VP-50 board, Lens block assembly (CD-245 board)

NOTE: Follow the disassembly procedure in the numerical order given.

2-1. CABINET (TOP) ASSEMBLY, MA-379 BOARD

3 Screw (M2 × 4), lock ace, p2

qs Two screws (M2 × 4),

w; Screw (M2 × 4),

ql Microphone unit (2p) 6 Claw

wa MA-379 board 8 Flash unit (10p)

2-2. VF-143 BOARD, VF LENS ASSEMBLY

7 VF-143 board (3)

2 LCD cushion (2) (97)

[ MA-379 BOARD, EVF CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]

FP-171 flexible board

CPC lid Conductor side

2-3. LCD, PK-49 BOARD

2 Two screws (M2 × 4),

Cabinet (rear) assembly

qh Liquid cryst module indicator

6 Cold cathode fluorescent tube (10p)

qf Back light retainer

5 Liquid cryst module -4

1 Two claws 2 Speaker retainer

[ LCD, PK-49 BOARD CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]

1. Correct Way of Holding an FDD 2. Prohibited Items

Do not apply any physical

Wear an earthed wrist strap. Do not hold an FDD by sandwiching

If the FDD is not held correctly,

[ FC-72, FU-139 BOARDS CHECK SERVICE POSITION ]

2-5. LENS COMPLETE ASSEMBLY

1 Four screws (M2 × 3), lock ace p2 7 SS holder

REMOVING THE BATTERY TERMINAL BOARD

2 Battery holder 1 Two tapping screws (M2 × 5)

2 Two claws (Note)

7 Three claws 4 Cabinet

6 Screw (M2 × 4),

qs Two screws (M2 × 3),

1 Two screws (M2 × 4),

qd Tapping screw (M1.7 × 6)